Selected quad for the lemma: state_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
state_n babylon_n church_n rome_n 1,170 5 7.9136 4 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
B20810 A demonstration of the first principles of the Protestant applications of the apocalypse together with the consent of the ancients concerning the fourth beast in the 7th of Daniel and the beast in the Revelations / by Drue Cressener. Cressener, Drue, 1638?-1718. 1690 (1690) Wing C6886 379,582 456

There are 28 snippets containing the selected quad. | View original text

from_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n prop._n 22._o at_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n by_o the_o heruli_n and_o gothish_a king_n of_o italy_n the_o six_o head_n be_v at_o the_o late_a at_o a_o end_n prop._n 23._o the_o beast_n call_v the_o eight_o king_n rev._n 17._o 11._o be_v a_o sovereign_a power_n of_o rome_n that_o be_v own_v there_o for_o supreme_a at_o this_o present_a corollar_n 1._o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n rev._n 13._o 5._o be_v at_o least_o 1260_o chaldaic_a year_n corollar_n 2._o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n revel_v 11._o 3._o be_v the_o same_o concurrent_a time_n with_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n corollar_n 3._o the_o two_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n revel_v 11._o 3._o do_v represent_v the_o whole_a true_a church_n of_o christ_n during_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n prop._n 24._o the_o second_o beast_n revel_v 13._o 11._o be_v a_o church-head_n own_v for_o supreme_a over_o all_o the_o roman_a jurisdiction_n and_o distinct_a from_o the_o first_o beast_n prop._n 25._o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v a_o secular_a sovereign_a power_n of_o the_o roman_n confederate_v with_o a_o ecclesiastical_a roman_a head_n in_o a_o antichristian_a idolatrous_a league_n and_o distinct_a from_o he_o coral_n 1._o the_o second_o beast_n revel_v 13._o 11._o be_v a_o succession_n of_o ecclesiastical_a person_n have_v supreme_a power_n in_o ecclesiastical_a affair_n coral_n 2._o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n be_v those_o two_o secular_a and_o ecclesiastical_a governor_n which_o be_v at_o this_o present_a time_n acknowledge_v supreme_a by_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o distinct_a from_o one_o another_o coral_n 3._o the_o present_a imperial_a and_o papal_a power_n of_o the_o roman_n be_v the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n concern_v the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n query_n 1_o whether_o at_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n conquest_n of_o the_o italian_a goth_n there_o have_v not_o be_v at_o least_o two_o such_o change_n of_o the_o secular_a government_n of_o rome_n since_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n as_o may_v he_o call_v two_o different_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n query_n 2._o whether_o the_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n be_v not_o upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o goth_n by_o justinian_n the_o several_a opinion_n concern_v the_o beast_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n it_o be_v general_o agree_v by_o all_o the_o considerable_a interpreter_n of_o all_o church_n in_o this_o present_a age_n that_o babylon_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n do_v signify_v some_o idolatrous_a state_n of_o roman_a reign_n for_o they_o all_o agree_v that_o by_o babylon_n must_v be_v mean_v some_o domination_n of_o rome_n but_o there_o be_v three_o main_a difference_n among_o they_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o age_n to_o which_o they_o fix_v their_o interpretation_n some_o do_v apply_v these_o vision_n to_o the_o affair_n of_o rome-heathen_a and_o so_o maintain_v that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o concern_v of_o these_o vision_n be_v already_o past_a other_o apply_v they_o to_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n who_o contend_v that_o the_o matter_n of_o they_o be_v not_o yet_o begin_v to_o be_v fulfil_v and_o other_o again_o interpret_v they_o of_o the_o present_a time_n in_o which_o we_o live_v and_o of_o many_o age_n past_a since_o the_o time_n of_o rome-heathen_a there_o be_v some_o other_o opinion_n that_o be_v a_o mixture_n of_o these_o but_o these_o be_v the_o only_a considerable_a difference_n of_o the_o interpreter_n of_o our_o present_a age._n 1._o those_o that_o lay_v this_o scene_n in_o rome-heathen_a they_o make_v the_o beast_n consider_v as_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o his_o head_n and_o horn_n to_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n or_o nation_n and_o when_o that_o term_n be_v use_v only_o for_o he_o who_o be_v call_v the_o eight_o king_n it_o be_v then_o the_o roman_a nation_n under_o that_o particular_a king_n or_o he_o himself_o rule_v the_o roman_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o persecution_n of_o roman_a emperor_n either_o of_o so_o many_o single_a emperor_n or_o of_o so_o many_o kind_n of_o persecute_v emperor_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v the_o late_a of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n and_o grotius_n and_o dr._n hammond_n etc._n etc._n 2._o those_o that_o defer_v the_o application_n of_o these_o thing_n to_o some_o state_n of_o rome_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n be_v more_o uncertain_a they_o will_v have_v many_o of_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v say_v of_o babylon_n alone_o by_o itself_o to_o belong_v to_o rome-heathen_a but_o far_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o account_n of_o it_o and_o all_o that_o concern_v the_o history_n of_o the_o beast_n they_o determine_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o appearance_n of_o antichrist_n three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n according_a to_o the_o literal_a acceptation_n of_o that_o space_n of_o time_n mention_v five_o several_a time_n within_o the_o compass_n of_o three_o chapter_n therefore_o be_v they_o force_v to_o make_v the_o beast_n signify_v the_o world_n of_o wicked_a man_n in_o general_a when_o take_v for_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o its_o head_n and_o horn_n but_o the_o particular_a state_n of_o it_o when_o use_v to_o signify_v the_o eight_o king_n only_o they_o determine_v to_o be_v either_o some_o roman_a antichrist_n or_o which_o be_v much_o the_o same_o the_o devil_n in_o antichrist_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n as_o the_o seven_o king_n in_o the_o roman_a territory_n the_o seven_o head_n they_o will_v have_v to_o be_v seven_o age_n of_o the_o world_n with_o the_o several_a tyrant_n against_o the_o church_n of_o god_n in_o each_o of_o they_o the_o six_o of_o which_o be_v that_o age_n in_o which_o st._n john_n live_v because_o it_o be_v say_v five_o be_v past_a one_o be_v which_o appear_v to_o be_v the_o ground_n of_o all_o this_o opinion_n that_o they_o may_v make_v the_o six_o head_n continue_v from_o st._n john_n time_n to_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n who_o they_o make_v to_o be_v the_o seven_o of_o this_o opinion_n be_v almost_o all_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n and_o ground_n themselves_o for_o it_o upon_o the_o general_a opinion_n of_o the_o father_n concern_v the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o alcazar_n say_v of_o they_o that_o they_o think_v it_o so_o certain_a that_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v of_o it_o disput_fw-la in_o argument_n totius_fw-la cap._n 13._o apocal._n but_o alcazar_n himself_o be_v of_o another_o mind_n and_o after_o twenty_o year_n labour_n in_o this_o study_n say_v that_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o the_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o from_o its_o allusion_n to_o the_o ten_o horn_a beast_n in_o daniel_n that_o this_o whole_a beast_n be_v nothing_o but_o the_o roman_a empire_n disputat_fw-la in_o argument_n cap._n 13._o apocal._n and_o that_o to_o fly_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n for_o the_o beast_n and_o to_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o be_v seven_o age_n in_o it_o be_v so_o force_v and_o wrest_v a_o interpretation_n that_o any_o one_o may_v observe_v it_o disput_fw-la 1a._o in_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n and_o that_o ribera_n opinion_n do_v offer_v a_o fair_a occasion_n to_o the_o heretic_n to_o calumniate_v the_o roman_a church_n as_o be_v at_o last_o to_o be_v a_o apostate_n from_o the_o faith_n on_o the_o other_o side_n cornelius_z à_fw-la lapide_fw-la do_v thus_o censure_v the_o first_o opinion_n that_o interpret_v all_o of_o rome_n heathen_a and_o which_o therefore_o be_v force_v to_o interpret_v the_o first_o part_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o jewish_a commonwealth_n or_o synagogue_n as_o salmeron_n and_o alcazar_n in_o particular_a so_o also_o grotius_n and_o dr._n hammond_n he_o say_v of_o this_o opinion_n in_o prolegomen_n in_o apocal._n that_o it_o be_v 1._o a_o innovation_n 2._o mystical_a not_o historical_a 3._o of_o a_o prophecy_n it_o make_v the_o apocalypse_n a_o history_n for_o the_o jewish_a state_n be_v down_o before_o the_o writing_n these_o thing_n 4._o because_o it_o be_v against_o the_o agreeing-sense_n of_o the_o father_n he_o say_v further_a in_o the_o same_o place_n that_o though_o it_o be_v not_o flattery_n yet_o it_o be_v only_o a_o love_n to_o and_o reverence_n for_o the_o apostolic_a see_v and_o a_o zeal_n for_o the_o honour_n of_o it_o that_o put_v alcazar_n upon_o this_o opinion_n as_o he_o himself_o do_v ingenuous_o confess_v but_o ribera_n say_v positive_o that_o he_o be_v blind_a that_o do_v not_o see_v that_o
alcazar_n grotius_n dr._n hammond_n two_o hundred_o year_n after_o the_o empire_n be_v turn_v christian_n and_o be_v then_o burn_v in_o the_o possession_n of_o a_o christian_a king_n by_o a_o christian_a emperor_n or_o to_o make_v it_o to_o be_v rome_n a_o little_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n grow_v prodigious_o rich_a by_o foreign_a traffic_n rev._n 18_o 19_o and_o have_v bring_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n under_o her_o subjection_n v._o 3._o in_o the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o etc._n ribera_n etc._n etc._n half_a or_o to_o make_v it_o to_o be_v both_o rome_n heathen_a and_o rome_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n which_o shall_v cry_v i_o sit_v as_o a_o queen_n and_o shall_v see_v no_o sorrow_n v._o 7._o and_o which_o shall_v not_o have_v the_o pagan_a power_n of_o it_o abate_v or_o end_v for_o above_o a_o thousand_o year_n after_o it_o begin_v to_o be_v rome_n christian_n all_o which_o be_v such_o monstrous_a inconsistency_n as_o to_o make_v any_o conclude_v they_o to_o be_v impossible_a those_o that_o own_o babylon_n to_o be_v rome_n and_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v antichrist_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o that_o the_o whole_a seven_o head_n be_v so_o many_o immediate_a succession_n of_o rule_v power_n to_o make_v the_o six_o head_n continue_v from_o 10._o ribera_n etc._n etc._n most_o papist_n rev._n 17_o 10._o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n when_o it_o be_v by_o the_o text_n signify_v to_o be_v in_o rule_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v in_o their_o opinion_n to_o a_o short_a space_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n they_o be_v force_v to_o make_v the_o six_o king_n to_o be_v of_o a_o much_o long_a continuance_n than_o the_o imperial_a government_n at_o rome_n that_o be_v the_o king_n in_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o they_o own_o that_o the_o imperial_a government_n be_v long_o since_o at_o a_o end_n at_o rome_n and_o therefore_o be_v they_o force_v to_o make_v their_o six_o king_n to_o be_v all_o those_o persecute_v power_n of_o the_o world_n that_o reach_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n to_o about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n in_o consequence_n of_o which_o it_o be_v necessary_a for_o they_o to_o make_v the_o beast_n in_o general_n to_o be_v the_o whole_a world_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o head_n so_o many_o succession_n of_o either_o persecute_v age_n or_o monarchy_n of_o it_o and_o this_o be_v so_o contrary_a to_o the_o know_a acceptation_n of_o a_o beast_n and_o its_o head_n or_o horn_n for_o one_o rule_v nation_n only_o all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n as_o it_o be_v by_o these_o very_a person_n acknowledge_v that_o nothing_o can_v make_v it_o appear_v to_o what_o a_o force_a shift_n they_o be_v fain_o to_o fly_v to_o avoid_v the_o bring_n in_o of_o antichrist_n into_o the_o roman_a church_n many_o age_n ago_o if_o they_o shall_v have_v grant_v the_o six_o head_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n to_o have_v be_v the_o then_o rule_v imperial_a power_n of_o rome_n only_o but_o a_o much_o more_o apparent_a shift_n be_v it_o in_o those_o who_o think_v themselves_o force_v to_o own_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v but_o one_o single_a nation_n only_o or_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n to_o be_v antichrist_n etc._n bellarm._n etc._n etc._n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o head_n in_o rule_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n to_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n but_o after_o all_o this_o for_o fear_n of_o bring_v in_o antichrist_n into_o the_o roman_a church_n too_o soon_o to_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o signify_v collective_o all_o the_o roman_a emperor_n either_o at_o rome_n or_o constantinople_n or_o at_o vienna_n whereas_o the_o number_n seven_n be_v apparent_o here_o divide_v into_o break_a number_n which_o do_v as_o certain_o determine_v the_o head_n to_o that_o definite_a number_n in_o a_o immediate_a succession_n to_o one_o another_o and_o nothing_o can_v have_v make_v it_o appear_v how_o so_o well_o a_o verse_v understanding_n in_o the_o critical_a use_n of_o word_n as_o bellarmine_n be_v resolve_v to_o outface_v his_o own_o knowledge_n to_o avoid_v a_o dangerous_a consequence_n for_o if_o he_o have_v allow_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o have_v be_v just_a so_o many_o successive_a change_n of_o the_o rule_n of_o the_o roman_n he_o must_v certain_o have_v make_v the_o six_o head_n end_n at_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o kingly_a government_n of_o rome_n upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n though_o the_o imperial_a government_n at_o constantinople_n have_v be_v part_n of_o the_o six_o head_n for_o the_o change_n of_o the_o other_o part_n of_o it_o at_o rome_n do_v make_v a_o new_a change_n of_o the_o whole_a government_n that_o be_v from_o imperial_a to_o the_o mix_a form_n of_o kingly_a and_o imperial_a together_o as_o the_o tribune_n with_o the_o consulary_a power_n be_v a_o change_n of_o the_o consulary_a head_n of_o the_o government_n but_o of_o all_o the_o force_a shift_n that_o we_o meet_v with_o the_o most_o paradoxical_a and_o absurd_a be_v those_o of_o the_o grotian_n way_n they_o grant_v hammond_n grot._fw-la dr._n hammond_n the_o beast_n to_o be_v the_o idolatrous_a roman_a empire_n and_o the_o head_n to_o be_v successive_a change_n of_o roman_a ruler_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o continue_v at_o least_o to_o the_o reign_n of_o justinian_n and_o yet_o make_v the_o last_o rule_v head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v at_o a_o end_n with_o the_o reign_n of_o domitian_n which_o be_v contrary_a to_o all_o the_o representation_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n as_o end_v with_o his_o last_o head_n ibid._n prop._n 6._o corol._n ibid._n they_o do_v also_o by_o this_o make_v the_o ten_o horn_n to_o be_v a_o long_a time_n after_o the_o last_o head_n which_o be_v say_v express_o to_o give_v their_o kingdom_n to_o the_o eight_o king_n or_o the_o beast_n under_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n they_o do_v also_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v but_o so_o many_o single_a person_n contrary_a to_o the_o know_a signification_n of_o the_o head_n and_o horn_n of_o beast_n all_o over_o daniel_n they_o do_v also_o make_v the_o different_a show_n of_o the_o same_o beast_n in_o the_o 11_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n to_o be_v real_o distinct_a beast_n from_o one_o another_o without_o any_o ground_n for_o it_o but_o the_o different_a show_n of_o they_o contrary_a to_o what_o the_o exact_a resemblance_n of_o their_o character_n to_o one_o another_o will_v make_v any_o judge_v they_o to_o be_v and_o contrary_a to_o the_o book_n first_o book_n plain_a demonstration_n of_o their_o be_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n from_o the_o character_n of_o they_o and_o contrary_a to_o the_o sense_n of_o almost_o all_o kind_n of_o interpreter_n especial_o those_o of_o the_o roman_a party_n who_o cry_v out_o against_o the_o main_a foundation_n of_o this_o opinion_n as_o nothing_o but_o the_o extravagancy_n of_o man_n without_o any_o etc._n preface_n to_o my_o former_a treatise_n the_o judgement_n of_o god_n etc._n etc._n sense_n in_o they_o though_o the_o whole_a business_n of_o all_o the_o pain_n that_o be_v take_v by_o these_o contrivance_n be_v to_o remove_v the_o charge_n of_o idolatry_n from_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n those_o that_o own_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n to_o be_v the_o particular_a nation_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o yet_o will_v make_v the_o little_a horn_n of_o the_o one_o and_o the_o last_o head_n or_o eight_o king_n in_o the_o other_o to_o come_v after_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o which_o they_o belong_v romanist_n most_o of_o the_o romanist_n show_v that_o they_o value_v not_o contradiction_n to_o keep_v off_o antichrist_n from_o appear_v in_o the_o roman_a church_n and_o those_o that_o own_o the_o last_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o yet_o will_v make_v babylon_n that_o accompany_v the_o beast_n to_o the_o last_o to_o be_v rome_n pagan_a must_v have_v much_o the_o same_o contempt_n same_o the_o same_o of_o the_o plain_a intimation_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o those_o also_o that_o can_v think_v that_o babylon_n be_v not_o the_o same_o thing_n but_o several_a vast_o distant_a state_n of_o roman_a rule_n in_o the_o several_a mention_n of_o it_o or_o both_o rome_n pagan_a and_o rome_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n 3_o prop._n 2_o &_o 3_o those_o of_o the_o protestant_n that_o make_v the_o change_n of_o religion_n in_o the_o imperial_a head_n to_o be_v a_o new_a
to_o uphold_v it_o that_o all_o have_v think_v that_o the_o general_n peace_n on_o that_o side_n must_v have_v be_v precipitate_v and_o yet_o we_o have_v see_v it_o deser_v to_o this_o time_n and_o the_o order_n of_o the_o prophecy_n for_o the_o end_n of_o the_o second_o woe_n after_o the_o resurrection_n 14._o rev._n 11._o 14._o of_o the_o witness_n thereby_o observe_v and_o fulfil_v against_o all_o human_a appearance_n 3._o from_o my_o proof_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o full_a death_n of_o the_o witness_n i_o do_v determine_v that_o there_o will_v be_v no_o suppression_n p._n p._n 92_o 106._o letter_n to_o h._n p._n of_o the_o protestant_a profession_n either_o in_o england_n or_o in_o the_o palatinate_n which_o how_o miraculous_o it_o have_v be_v verify_v among_o we_o we_o be_v all_o the_o joyful_a witness_n of_o nor_o do_v it_o appear_v that_o the_o french_a in_o all_o their_o devastation_n of_o the_o palatinate_n ever_o carry_v on_o the_o dragoon_n work_n of_o abjuration_n among_o they_o and_o yet_o how_o contrary_a to_o all_o outward_a appearance_n of_o thing_n here_o be_v this_o conjecture_n when_o it_o be_v declare_v and_o somewhile_n after_o it_o the_o project_n of_o get_v a_o comply_v parliament_n to_o put_v the_o strength_n of_o the_o nation_n into_o popish_a hand_n by_o null_v the_o law_n against_o it_o be_v then_o in_o a_o fair_a likelihood_n of_o take_v but_o upon_o the_o continual_a change_n of_o corporation_n soon_o after_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v out_o of_o all_o question_n and_o the_o fury_n with_o which_o the_o bishop_n constancy_n be_v entertain_v and_o the_o severity_n of_o the_o ecclesiastical_a commission_n be_v sufficient_a testimony_n of_o the_o resolution_n that_o be_v then_o take_v to_o bring_v the_o rule_v religion_n to_o that_o state_n of_o toleration_n which_o may_v qualify_v they_o to_o be_v the_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n and_o who_o can_v ever_o have_v think_v that_o the_o most_o refine_a politician_n in_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n shall_v have_v be_v so_o unaccountable_o infatuate_v as_o to_o choose_v such_o method_n as_o tend_v the_o most_o apparent_o to_o the_o ruin_n of_o all_o the_o fair_a hope_n that_o their_o cause_n be_v then_o in_o or_o that_o the_o french_a will_v be_v so_o unready_a to_o oppose_v his_o present_a majesty_n expedition_n here_o when_o they_o foresee_v it_o and_o long_o before_o have_v public_o threaten_v by_o their_o ambassador_n to_o revenge_v all_o attempt_n of_o that_o nature_n and_o then_o for_o the_o palatinate_n there_o be_v no_o reason_n to_o imagine_v that_o the_o french_a zeal_n for_o their_o new_a way_n of_o conversion_n shall_v not_o have_v be_v as_o hot_a as_o the_o flame_n that_o they_o put_v the_o whole_a country_n into_o 4._o it_o be_v necessary_a for_o i_o in_o my_o way_n of_o apply_v the_o vial_n to_o make_v the_o mortification_n of_o the_o imperial_a and_o true_o papal_a party_n by_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o present_a french_a king_n to_o 241._o p._n 207._o 241._o be_v the_o plague_n of_o the_o four_o vial_n upon_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o time_n of_o every_o vial_n be_v find_v by_o those_o that_o be_v past_a to_o be_v about_o the_o space_n of_o forty_o year_n i_o have_v judge_v from_o thence_o that_o the_o present_a king_n there_o will_v not_o be_v long_o a_o plague_n of_o any_o moment_n to_o that_o party_n his_o reign_n have_v continue_v for_o 244._o p._n 244._o more_o than_o forty_o year_n since_o the_o end_n of_o the_o suedish-war_n and_o what_o considerable_a plague_n have_v he_o be_v of_o late_a but_o to_o the_o protestant_a palatinate_n and_o he_o have_v already_o begin_v to_o be_v a_o spectator_n only_o of_o the_o imperial_a and_o papal_a triumph_n over_o he_o and_o yet_o how_o contrary_a to_o all_o appearance_n of_o thing_n be_v it_o that_o the_o french_a king_n shall_v not_o think_v of_o take_v his_o advantage_n soon_o against_o the_o spanish_a imperial_a and_o papal_a dominion_n or_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v willing_a to_o stand_v at_o gaze_v only_o for_o a_o whole_a campagne_n while_o his_o new_a conquest_n be_v force_v from_o he_o 5._o i_o have_v only_o this_o further_a to_o add_v that_o it_o be_v a_o most_o surprise_v instance_n of_o divine_a providence_n to_o crowd_n so_o many_o strange_a and_o unusual_a revolution_n together_o into_o one_o point_n of_o the_o time_n of_o a_o prophecy_n of_o near_a 2000_o year_n concern_v and_o to_o fulfil_v the_o prediction_n of_o they_o by_o such_o new_a and_o unexpected_a mean_n by_o the_o number_n of_o year_n assign_v to_o the_o continuance_n of_o 260._o judgement_n of_o god_n chap._n 8_o 9_o rev._n 11._o 9_o ibid._n p._n 253_o 260._o the_o second_o woe_n and_o by_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o death_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o by_o the_o time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o five_o vial_n here_o be_v all_o these_o great_a change_n confine_v to_o the_o compass_n of_o less_o than_o ten_o year_n viz._n the_o perfect_a silence_v of_o all_o the_o reform_a church_n in_o all_o popish_a territory_n the_o revival_n of_o they_o the_o advancement_n of_o one_o of_o they_o into_o a_o popish_a throne_n the_o revolt_n of_o the_o whole_a kingdom_n there_o from_o the_o roman_a church_n the_o last_o end_n of_o all_o turkish_a war_n the_o general_a mortification_n of_o the_o roman_a interest_n in_o all_o its_o own_o territory_n and_o these_o we_o have_v see_v begin_v to_o be_v accomplish_v by_o as_o strange_a mean_n such_o as_o the_o force_v a_o whole_a nation_n to_o that_o which_o they_o real_o account_v idolatry_n by_o unheard_a of_o artifices_fw-la the_o change_n of_o the_o supreme_a power_n of_o a_o kingdom_n the_o great_a confederacy_n of_o protestant_n and_o popish_a prince_n that_o be_v ever_o know_v the_o pope_n excommunication_n of_o the_o fierce_a zealot_n of_o his_o church_n that_o ever_o appear_v the_o break_n of_o a_o handful_n of_o man_n through_o the_o opposition_n of_o a_o prepare_a and_o powerful_a enemy_n the_o sudden_a conquest_n of_o several_a eastern_a country_n and_o a_o new_a revolution_n in_o their_o government_n this_o wonderful_a accomplishment_n of_o prediction_n that_o be_v particular_o foretell_v and_o confine_v to_o so_o short_a a_o time_n after_o and_o that_o also_o contrary_a to_o the_o appear_a disposition_n of_o affair_n may_v be_v a_o very_a reasonable_a presumption_n for_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o principle_n upon_o which_o they_o rely_v but_o i_o have_v every_o where_o take_v care_n upon_o the_o mention_n of_o these_o thing_n to_o forewarn_v b._n n._n b._n all_o that_o whatever_o become_v of_o these_o conjecture_n yet_o it_o will_v not_o affect_v the_o proof_n that_o i_o here_o offer_v for_o the_o principle_n of_o the_o protestant_a application_n for_o loose_v thing_n may_v be_v build_v upon_o a_o very_a strong_a foundation_n but_o i_o hope_v these_o will_v be_v find_v not_o to_o have_v be_v rash_o apply_v and_o then_o they_o will_v be_v a_o confirmation_n of_o the_o demonstration_n à_fw-la priori_fw-la here_o attempt_v as_o effect_n be_v usual_o instance_a in_o to_o demonstrate_v the_o true_a cause_n indeed_o the_o chief_a end_n of_o publish_v the_o other_o part_n first_o be_v to_o engage_v the_o curiosity_n of_o the_o world_n to_o inquire_v after_o this_o which_o be_v always_o the_o chief_a aim_n of_o my_o study_n about_o this_o subject_a for_o as_o i_o be_v extreme_o surprise_v and_o please_v with_o mr._n mede_n method_n in_o the_o demonstrative_a way_n so_o can_v i_o not_o think_v his_o precess_n altogether_o close_o enough_o for_o it_o as_o it_o have_v before_o be_v observe_v by_o other_o and_o though_o the_o learned_a dr._n more_o have_v very_o sufficient_o show_v that_o notwithstanding_o the_o strong_a of_o the_o objection_n against_o they_o they_o may_v nevertheless_o be_v most_o of_o they_o true_a yet_o i_o do_v not_o see_v that_o he_o have_v prove_v some_o of_o they_o upon_o which_o the_o main_a stress_n of_o the_o whole_a application_n do_v lie_v to_o be_v necessary_a to_o be_v so_o which_o be_v the_o whole_a design_n of_o the_o synchronism_n e._n g._n the_o synchronism_n suppose_v for_o their_o foundation_n that_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chap._n and_o that_o in_o the_o eleven_o be_v the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o the_o seven_o head_v beast_n which_o yet_o grotius_n suppose_v to_o be_v quite_o different_a thing_n and_o by_o that_o undermine_v the_o force_n of_o the_o demonstration_n dr._n more_o endeavour_n to_o strengthen_v it_o by_o find_v a_o likeness_n betwixt_o the_o beast_n in_o one_o character_n of_o each_o which_o be_v far_o from_o a_o cogent_n necessity_n dr._n more_n himself_o allow_v not_o the_o proof_n of_o the_o synchronism_n betwixt_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o two_o witness_n in_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o of_o the_o sackcloth_n
ground_n of_o the_o first_o proposition_n but_o that_o which_o make_v i_o the_o better_o satisfy_v with_o they_o be_v that_o they_o be_v so_o clear_a of_o themselves_o that_o any_o impartial_a reasoner_n about_o these_o thing_n will_v natural_o suppose_v they_o and_o be_v in_o the_o continual_a use_n of_o they_o without_o any_o regard_n to_o the_o strength_n of_o this_o conclusion_n from_o which_o they_o be_v fetch_v they_o be_v so_o obvious_a and_o easy_a and_o so_o plain_a to_o the_o common_a sense_n of_o all_o man_n and_o according_o so_o general_o acknowledge_v by_o all_o kind_n of_o interpreter_n that_o i_o shall_v have_v think_v it_o a_o very_a unnecessary_a consent_n consent_n trouble_n to_o the_o reader_n to_o have_v mention_v they_o have_v it_o not_o be_v necessary_a for_o the_o conviction_n of_o those_o that_o be_v sceptical_a in_o these_o matter_n to_o make_v it_o appear_v to_o they_o from_o this_o undoubted_a example_n what_o be_v the_o plain_a and_o know_v rule_n to_o secure_v a_o interpretation_n upon_o i_o can_v not_o but_o see_v the_o great_a use_n of_o this_o method_n that_o it_o will_v certain_o ease_v one_o of_o all_o the_o perplexity_n which_o the_o different_a judgement_n of_o learned_a man_n do_v ordinary_o distract_v man_n mind_n with_o and_o will_v make_v i_o rest_v full_o satisfy_v of_o any_o conclusion_n that_o i_o shall_v see_v true_o infer_v from_o so_o plain_a a_o foundation_n wherefore_o upon_o this_o account_n and_o the_o experience_n i_o have_v have_v of_o the_o different_a judgement_n of_o some_o great_a man_n about_o one_o of_o the_o plain_a conclusion_n that_o one_o can_v have_v meet_v with_o in_o the_o former_a instance_n i_o think_v it_o worth_a the_o while_n to_o set_v it_o up_o for_o a_o rule_n for_o the_o future_a that_o the_o different_a judgement_n of_o learned_a man_n ougbt_v not_o to_o rule_v 4_o weaken_v one_o assent_n to_o any_o thing_n which_o upon_o a_o impartial_a examination_n of_o it_o appear_v clear_a and_o undoubted_a and_o be_v general_o acknowledge_v the_o two_o follow_a chapter_n may_v be_v pass_v over_o by_o those_o who_o will_v only_o look_v at_o the_o close_a connexion_n of_o the_o demonstration_n etc._n b_o ribera_n prooem_n in_o comment_n in_o apocal._n this_o book_n be_v a_o prophecy_n and_o have_v many_o thing_n like_o the_o old_a prophet_n and_o often_o allude_v to_o they_o and_o offer_v a_o opportunity_n from_o thence_o to_o find_v out_o the_o most_o mysterious_a meaning_n of_o it_o it_o have_v the_o same_o phrase_n or_o style_n with_o they_o the_o same_o kind_n of_o metaphor_n and_o allegory_n etc._n etc._n chap._n iii_o xvii_o rev._n xvii_o the_o second_o proposition_n babylon_n the_o same_o thing_n in_o all_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n the_o three_o proposition_n that_o the_o judgement_n of_o babylon_n be_v the_o desolation_n of_o it_o in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o antichristian_a reign_n babylon_n not_o rome_n pagan_a grotius_n examine_v the_o secure_a exercise_n of_o those_o plain_a rule_n of_o interpretation_n which_o be_v find_v to_o be_v contain_v in_o the_o first_o proposition_n will_v be_v about_o some_o of_o the_o character_n of_o babylon_n who_o explication_n be_v already_o know_v and_o from_o whence_o they_o be_v draw_v the_o plain_a expression_n about_o babylon_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o account_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o it_o immediate_o before_o and_o after_o the_o 17_o chapter_n which_o do_v offer_v very_o fair_a ground_n of_o assurance_n against_o the_o most_o current_a opinion_n concern_v the_o particular_a time_n of_o that_o state_n in_o which_o it_o have_v already_o be_v determine_v to_o be_v from_o the_o 17_o chapter_n for_o the_o clear_a proof_n of_o this_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o babylon_n signify_v the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o the_o idolatrous_a 2._o proposit_n 2._o antichristian_a rule_n of_o rome_n immediate_o before_o and_o after_o the_o 17_o chapter_n that_o it_o signify_v in_o that_o chapter_n 1._o babylon_n signify_v the_o same_o state_n of_o rome_n immediate_o before_o the_o 17_o chapter_n that_o it_o do_v in_o it_o for_o immediate_o after_o the_o mention_n of_o babylon_n the_o great_a at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 16_o chapter_n and_o of_o the_o judgement_n of_o it_o just_a then_o approach_v at_o the_o pour_v out_o of_o the_o seven_o vial_n there_o come_v one_o of_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o seven_o vial_n in_o the_o entrance_n of_o the_o 17_o chapter_n and_o offer_v the_o apostle_n a_o explication_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o babylon_n the_o great_a and_o of_o the_o judgement_n of_o it_o which_o in_o the_o common_a acceptation_n of_o any_o such_o relation_n of_o a_o affair_n all_o the_o world_n will_v understand_v to_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o same_o thing_n wherefore_o by_o rule_n 1._o it_o must_v then_o be_v the_o same_o time_n of_o babylon_n just_a before_o the_o 17_o chapter_n that_o be_v mention_v in_o that_o chapter_n so_o also_o by_o rule_n 3_o babylon_n the_o great_a be_v a_o very_a peculiar_a mystical_a expression_n must_v signify_v in_o both_o these_o chapter_n the_o same_o thing_n since_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o clear_o know_v to_o hinder_v it_o 2._o babylon_n signify_v the_o same_o state_n of_o rome_n after_o the_o 17_o chapter_n that_o it_o do_v in_o that_o chapter_n for_o the_o 18_o and_o 19_o chapter_n appear_v to_o be_v but_o one_o continue_a account_n of_o the_o fortune_n of_o the_o same_o babylon_n that_o have_v be_v mention_v but_o just_a before_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n as_o 1._o the_o signification_n of_o its_o rule_v power_n chap._n 18._o 2_o 16._o and_o chap._n 19_o 2._o be_v just_a the_o same_o very_a peculiar_a word_n with_o those_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n v._o 1_o 4_o 5._o so_o also_o 2._o it_o be_v idolatrous_a state_n be_v signify_v in_o the_o same_o expression_n chap._n 18._o 3_o 9_o and_o chap._n 19_o 2._o with_o those_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n v._o 1_o 2_o 4_o 5._o 3._o the_o antichristian_a tyranny_n of_o babylon_n chap._n 18._o 20_o 24._o and_o chap._n 19_o 2._o be_v signify_v to_o be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o chap._n 17._o 6._o and_o 4._o its_o last_o desolation_n be_v express_v in_o just_a the_o same_o word_n chap._n 18._o 8_o 9_o 10_o 19_o and_o chap._n 19_o 3._o with_o those_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n v._o 1_o 16._o but_o to_o put_v this_o past_a all_o scruple_n we_o find_v scarce_o one_o interpreter_n that_o be_v not_o of_o the_o same_o mind_n if_o it_o be_v so_o unquestionable_a that_o babylon_n be_v the_o same_o time_n of_o the_o antichristian_a rule_n of_o rome_n immediate_o before_o after_o and_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n than_o it_o can_v hardly_o be_v doubt_v but_o that_o babylon_n be_v the_o same_o in_o the_o 14_o chapter_n with_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o mention_n corollar_n of_o it_o in_o the_o other_o chapter_n by_o rule_n 3_o nor_o but_o that_o the_o judgement_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o 16_o 17_o 18_o and_o 19_o chapter_n be_v the_o desolation_n of_o rome_n by_o fire_n in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o 3_o proposit_n 3_o antichristian_a reign_n in_o those_o chapter_n 1._o that_o the_o judgement_n of_o babylon_n in_o those_o chapter_n be_v the_o desolation_n of_o it_o by_o fire_n be_v signify_v by_o the_o full_a expression_n that_o can_v be_v use_v for_o that_o purpose_n such_o as_o the_o be_v utter_o burn_v with_o 21._o chap._n 18._o 8_o 21._o fire_n and_o so_o burn_v that_o the_o smoke_n of_o it_o ascend_v up_o for_o ever_o and_o the_o be_v throw_v down_o with_o violence_n so_o as_o not_o to_o be_v find_v any_o more_o at_o all_o but_o to_o be_v like_o a_o great_a millstone_n cast_v into_o the_o sea_n all_o which_o be_v expression_n take_v out_o of_o the_o prophet_n to_o signify_v the_o utter_a dissolution_n of_o the_o city_n babylon_n at_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n so_o that_o both_o the_o common_a and_o usual_a 64._o jer._n 50._o 39_o jer._n 51._o 7_o 8_o 13_o 35_o 37._o 45_o 64._o sense_n and_o the_o know_a use_n also_o of_o these_o phrase_n among_o the_o prophet_n do_v necessary_o determine_v they_o to_o signify_v the_o utter_a desolation_n of_o babylon_n here_o at_o the_o last_o end_n of_o that_o empire_n that_o it_o do_v here_o mystical_o signify_v by_o rule_n 1_o and_o 2._o that_o be_v at_o the_o last_o end_n of_o the_o antichristian_a reign_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v in_o all_o these_o chapter_n signify_v by_o babylon_n by_o proposit_a 1._o and_o 2._o 2._o and_o further_o that_o this_o desolation_n of_o rome_n be_v certain_o in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o antichristian_a reign_n be_v as_o evident_a 1._o because_o babylon_n do_v in_o all_o those_o place_n of_o the_o prophet_n to_o which_o the_o character_n of_o it_o do_v here_o allude_v signify_v the_o babylonian_a throne_n or_o monarchy_n 2._o and_o here_o be_v it_o also_o
find_v to_o signify_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n in_o its_o antichristian_a domination_n by_o prop._n 1_o 3._o and_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o prophet_n for_o which_o the_o same_o expression_n with_o these_o here_o be_v use_v do_v signify_v the_o last_o end_n of_o that_o monarchy_n or_o rule_v power_n 4._o and_o beside_o it_o be_v the_o general_a usage_n of_o the_o prophetical_a write_n to_o set_v out_o the_o last_o ruin_n of_o a_o rule_v people_n by_o the_o desolation_n of_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o that_o nation_n at_o the_o same_o time_n thus_o be_v the_o ruin_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n judah_n egypt_n and_o of_o the_o babylonian_n represent_v by_o the_o desolation_n of_o samaria_n jerusalem_n noph_n and_o babylon_n 5._o but_o more_o particular_o be_v it_o set_v forth_o in_o this_o prophecy_n that_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n be_v not_o after_o the_o end_n of_o that_o monarchy_n which_o it_o here_o represent_v for_o the_o beast_n who_o head_n do_v represent_v this_o city_n and_o be_v himself_o call_v the_o king_n of_o it_o be_v not_o dethrone_v till_o after_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o 18_o chapter_n as_o appear_v chapter_n 19_o 20._o and_o chap._n 16._o 14_o 19_o the_o judgement_n upon_o babylon_n be_v betwixt_o the_o meeting_n of_o the_o strength_n of_o that_o monarchy_n in_o harmageddon_n and_o the_o last_o end_n of_o it_o in_o the_o 19_o chapter_n from_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o babylon_n in_o none_o of_o the_o mention_n of_o it_o in_o the_o revelation_n can_v be_v rome_n corollar_n pagan_n this_o may_v safe_o be_v conclude_v from_o the_o name_n of_o the_o whore_n here_o give_v to_o babylon_n for_o when_o a_o nation_n or_o city_n be_v say_v in_o scripture_n to_o commit_v fornication_n or_o to_o be_v a_o harlot_n it_o signify_v that_o nation_n or_o city_n to_o have_v apostatise_v from_o the_o true_a religion_n to_o idolatry_n see_v the_o three_o first_o chapter_n of_o hosea_n and_o therefore_o must_v babylon_n here_o signify_v rome_n christian_n turn_v idolatrous_a which_o be_v not_o till_o after_o the_o time_n of_o rome_n pagan_n the_o name_n of_o harlot_n be_v indeed_o give_v to_o nineveh_n nahum_n 3._o 4._o but_o that_o prophecy_n be_v after_o that_o of_o jonah_n in_o who_o time_n the_o people_n of_o niniveh_n be_v say_v to_o have_v believe_v in_o god_n and_o to_o have_v repent_v jonah_n 3._o 5_o 10._o and_o so_o the_o idolatry_n of_o nineveh_n after_o that_o time_n be_v her_o apostasy_n from_o the_o true_a faith_n but_o it_o be_v much_o more_o confirm_v from_o the_o precede_a proposition_n for_o babylon_n be_v in_o all_o the_o mention_n of_o it_o the_o same_o antichristian_a state_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o rome_n by_o prop._n 2._o and_o in_o that_o state_n of_o it_o it_o be_v desolate_v by_o fire_n by_o propos_fw-fr praece_v but_o this_o be_v never_o know_v to_o have_v be_v do_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o rome-heathen_a there_o be_v nothing_o that_o have_v the_o least_o appearance_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o rome_n or_o of_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o roman_a government_n at_o constantine_n triumph_n over_o paganism_n much_o less_o be_v there_o any_o thing_n like_o the_o least_o part_n of_o the_o description_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n by_o fire_n as_o it_o be_v here_o most_o remarkable_o signify_v but_o grotius_n and_o dr._n hammond_n to_o uphold_v their_o application_n of_o these_o thing_n to_o rome-heathen_a will_v have_v rome_n to_o be_v babylon_n two_o hundred_o year_n after_o it_o be_v come_v under_o the_o christian_a emperor_n because_o there_o be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o senate_n and_o now_o and_o then_o a_o consul_n that_o be_v pagan_n for_o that_o space_n of_o time_n after_o constantine_n triumph_n over_o paganism_n and_o therefore_o that_o the_o last_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n by_o fire_n be_v at_o the_o burn_a of_o rome_n by_o totila_n an._n 546._o where_o the_o storm_n of_o the_o enemy_n fury_n lie_v almost_o whole_o upon_o the_o pagan_a party_n and_o the_o christian_n be_v most_o save_v by_o fly_v to_o the_o church_n in_o the_o first_o place_n it_o may_v here_o by_o the_o way_n be_v observe_v what_o become_v of_o the_o ground_n of_o dr._n hammond_n confidence_n that_o the_o thing_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v all_o to_o be_v fulfil_v in_o the_o time_n next_o to_o the_o age_n in_o which_o they_o be_v see_v from_o what_o be_v say_v chap._n 1._o 1._o thing_n that_o must_v short_o come_v to_o pass_v for_o here_o be_v near_o five_o hundred_o year_n time_n allow_v by_o the_o doctor_n for_o the_o fulfil_n they_o and_o then_o he_o make_v the_o turk_n also_o to_o be_v foretell_v in_o they_o beside_o by_o gog_n and_o magog_n which_o require_v some_o hundred_o 8._o chap._n 20._o 8._o of_o year_n more_o and_o yet_o the_o doctor_n speak_v with_o a_o great_a confidence_n and_o assurance_n of_o the_o fulfil_n of_o all_o soon_o after_o the_o time_n that_o the_o prophecy_n be_v give_v but_o without_o further_a concern_v about_o that_o let_v we_o now_o observe_v the_o strange_a absurdity_n of_o this_o explication_n 1._o according_a to_o this_o rome_n must_v be_v babylon_n or_o rome_n for_o 200_o year_n after_o that_o the_o baylonish_n throne_n in_o it_o have_v be_v pull_v down_o and_o when_o its_o conquer_a enemy_n the_o christian_a church_n have_v be_v for_o all_o that_o time_n triumph_v in_o its_o room_n in_o the_o imperial_a throne_n in_o the_o public_a law_n in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o government_n and_o in_o the_o public_a place_n of_o divine_a worship_n 2._o and_o then_o rome_n christian_n whilst_o it_o be_v the_o possession_n of_o a_o 20._o rev._n 18._o 20._o christian_a prince_n must_v be_v suppose_v to_o be_v burn_v to_o bear_v the_o vengeance_n of_o rome_n heathen_a for_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o christian_a saint_n and_o martyr_n so_o many_o year_n after_o that_o heathenism_n have_v be_v there_o public_o triumph_v over_o 3._o the_o christian_n also_o who_o do_v then_o defend_v their_o city_n against_o 4._o rev._n 18._o 4._o another_o christian_a prince_n must_v be_v suppose_v to_o be_v call_v upon_o from_o heaven_n to_o come_v out_o of_o it_o and_o so_o to_o give_v up_o their_o master_n right_o to_o the_o enemy_n lest_o they_o shall_v be_v make_v to_o partake_v of_o the_o punishment_n of_o rome_n for_o its_o heathenism_n 200_o year_n before_o to_o which_o they_o be_v the_o great_a enemy_n for_o none_o be_v more_o zealous_a against_o paganism_n than_o justinian_n who_o be_v at_o that_o time_n lord_n of_o rome_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o severity_n of_o his_o law_n against_o it_o 4._o of_o the_o same_o extravagant_a nature_n must_v it_o be_v to_o make_v the_o 20._o rev._n 18._o 20._o heaven_n the_o apostle_n and_o prophet_n and_o all_o the_o faithful_a christian_n in_o the_o city_n at_o that_o time_n to_o triumph_v with_o joy_n at_o the_o burn_a of_o the_o house_n and_o good_n of_o most_o christian_n and_o a_o few_o pagan_n together_o and_o at_o the_o take_n of_o a_o city_n by_o the_o christian_a goth_n from_o the_o christian_a roman_n 5._o and_o the_o burn_a not_o a_o three_o part_n of_o rome_n as_o grotius_n confess_v of_o this_o exploit_n of_o totila_n and_o the_o slaughter_n of_o a_o few_o pagan_n in_o it_o must_v be_v make_v to_o be_v the_o giving_z rome-pagan_a double_a revenge_n for_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o prophet_n and_o saint_n and_o of_o all_o that_o be_v slay_v upon_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o pagan_a power_n of_o rome_n 6._o rev._n 8._o 6._o all_o over_o the_o empire_n it_o must_v be_v the_o give_v rome-pagan_a the_o cup_n of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o fierceness_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n 19_o chap._n 16._o 19_o 6._o the_o pagan_a king_n also_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o have_v commit_v fornication_n with_o rome-pagan_a some_o hundred_o of_o year_n before_o that_o be_v have_v comply_v with_o the_o roman_a idolatry_n must_v in_o this_o way_n be_v suppose_v to_o be_v alive_a to_o lament_v the_o sad_a condition_n 9_o rev._n 18._o 9_o of_o a_o christian_a city_n at_o the_o take_v it_o by_o a_o christian_a prince_n or_o at_o best_a the_o heathen_a king_n then_o in_o the_o world_n no_o body_n know_v when_o within_o many_o hundred_o mile_n of_o that_o city_n must_v grievous_o lament_v for_o the_o slaughter_n of_o some_o pagan_a roman_n with_o who_o they_o have_v be_v use_v to_o comply_v in_o the_o pagan_a way_n nothing_o indeed_o do_v make_v grotius_n more_o to_o be_v suspect_v of_o intend_v only_o to_o play_v with_o this_o prophecy_n or_o only_o to_o vex_v some_o hot_a apocalyptical_a man_n among_o his_o adversary_n than_o the_o seemingly-wilful_a application_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o have_v commit_v fornication_n with_o babylon_n in_o the_o 18_o chapter_n
each_o particular_a description_n 1._o as_o they_o be_v in_o the_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n both_o describe_v with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n so_o be_v they_o also_o characterise_v more_o peculiarly_a by_o one_o head_n only_o of_o the_o seven_o the_o one_o by_o his_o 11._o chap._n 13._o 3._o chap._n 17._o 11._o heal_v head_n and_o the_o mouth_n of_o it_o the_o other_o by_o the_o 8_o king_n or_o head_n which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n 2._o the_o peculiar_a head_n that_o the_o one_o be_v describe_v by_o be_v a_o head_n ibid._n ibid._n wound_v to_o death_n and_o heal_v again_o and_o under_o which_o the_o beast_n with_o the_o same_o false_a prophet_n that_o he_o be_v find_v with_o in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n do_v in_o all_o appearance_n come_v to_o his_o end_n and_o that_o head_n therefore_o must_v be_v be_v last_o head_n and_o yet_o it_o can_v be_v distinct_a from_o the_o other_o seven_o because_o it_o be_v but_o one_o of_o they_o heal_v and_o it_o come_v after_o they_o all_o as_o the_o last_o of_o all_o and_o so_o must_v necessary_o be_v a_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o now_o the_o head_n of_o the_o other_o be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v a_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o 3._o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o one_o that_o the_o world_n wonder_v at_o the_o head_n 3._o chap._n 13._o 3._o deadly_o wound_v and_o heal_v and_o of_o the_o other_o that_o the_o world_n 8._o chap_n 17._o 8._o shall_v wonder_v at_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v who_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n or_o head_n which_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o same_o 4._o the_o one_o be_v say_v to_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n with_o the_o former_a character_n of_o its_o head_n wound_v and_o heal_v again_o 1._o chap._n 13._o 1._o 8._o chap._n 17._o 8._o and_o the_o other_o to_o ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n with_o the_o latter_a character_n of_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v which_o signify_v the_o same_o and_o the_o word_n in_o the_o greek_a for_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n the_o abyss_n be_v the_o common_a term_n in_o the_o septuagint_n to_o signify_v the_o sea_n and_o the_o septuagint_n be_v the_o copy_n that_o our_o saviour_n and_o his_o apostle_n refer_v to_o in_o all_o their_o discourse_n and_o write_n 5._o the_o one_o have_v ten_o king_n in_o power_n with_o it_o signify_v by_o its_o 12._o chap._n 17._o 12._o ten_o horn_n who_o give_v their_o power_n to_o it_o which_o they_o have_v not_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n the_o other_o arise_v up_o with_o ten_o horn_n upon_o it_o all_o crown_v which_o have_v no_o crown_n upon_o the_o dragon_n in_o the_o chapter_n before_o 6._o the_o one_o be_v describe_v by_o one_o particular_a mouth_n speak_v blasphemy_n 3._o chap._n 13._o 1._o chap._n 13._o 5._o v._o 3._o the_o other_o with_o one_o head_n who_o be_v that_o beast_n all_o over_o the_o 17_o chapter_n who_o be_v say_v to_o be_v full_a of_o blasphemy_n prop._n 6._o 7._o the_o city_n of_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o be_v the_o same_o babylon_n in_o one_o particular_a state_n of_o idolatrous_a and_o antichristian_a tyranny_n prop._n 2._o and_o which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v fall_v in_o both_o which_o one_o will_v judge_v shall_v signify_v one_o and_o the_o same_o particular_a time_n of_o 2._o chap._n 14._o 8._o chap._n 18._o 2._o that_o city_n other_o the_o same_o character_n in_o both_o i_o omit_v here_o to_o mention_v because_o they_o may_v be_v account_v not_o such_o particular_a character_n as_o that_o they_o have_v the_o same_o enemy_n the_o same_o kind_n of_o friend_n and_o make_v the_o same_o kind_n of_o war_n and_o have_v the_o same_o variety_n of_o success_n and_o loss_n in_o battle_n to_o make_v they_o then_o signify_v two_o different_a state_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o of_o roman_a rule_n as_o the_o beast_n be_v here_o agree_v to_o signify_v there_o must_v at_o least_o these_o unlikelihood_n be_v digest_v viz._n that_o all_o these_o character_n together_o which_o be_v the_o same_o in_o both_o must_v be_v twice_o verify_v of_o the_o roman_a government_n viz._n that_o it_o have_v twice_o a_o supreme_a government_n over_o it_o which_o come_v after_o seven_o before_o it_o and_o yet_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o and_o ten_o king_n twice_o confederate_v with_o such_o a_o power_n at_o two_o several_a change_n of_o roman_a power_n in_o two_o several_a state_n of_o the_o same_o kind_n of_o idolatry_n and_o antichristian_a tyranny_n of_o rome_n and_o that_o rome_n must_v have_v two_o eminent_a ruin_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o all_o these_o same_o circumstance_n twice_o repeat_v for_o these_o and_o many_o other_o very_o peculiar_a character_n must_v have_v be_v all_o at_o a_o time_n in_o conjunction_n or_o have_v belong_v altogether_o at_o the_o same_o time_n to_o each_o of_o these_o same_o repeat_v state_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o will_v have_v be_v much_o like_o a_o story_n of_o the_o throw_v so_o many_o die_n out_o of_o a_o box_n at_o two_o several_a time_n into_o just_a the_o same_o order_n and_o chance_n without_o any_o contrivance_n for_o all_o the_o credit_n of_o this_o way_n of_o interpretation_n lie_v whole_o upon_o the_o affirmation_n of_o the_o interpreter_n themselves_o will_v not_o this_o be_v to_o lay_v the_o plain_a ground_n for_o a_o almost_o unavoidable_a delusion_n about_o the_o sense_n of_o a_o prophecy_n for_o who_o will_v ever_o take_v such_o a_o representation_n of_o two_o beast_n with_o so_o exact_a a_o likeness_n to_o one_o another_o in_o so_o many_o peculiar_a character_n with_o the_o same_o peculiar_a way_n of_o rise_n marks_z action_n make_v and_o circumstance_n for_o two_o different_a state_n of_o that_o beast_n and_o only_o because_o they_o be_v two_o several_a show_n of_o it_o can_v any_o one_o believe_v xvii_o rev._n xiii_o &_o xvii_o this_o of_o a_o vision_n that_o man_n be_v exhort_v to_o understand_v and_o which_o a_o angel_n of_o god_n come_v on_o purpose_n so_o to_o explain_v as_o to_o make_v a_o apostle_n of_o christ_n apprehend_v it_o be_v to_o tell_v he_o the_o mystery_n of_o these_o thing_n for_o the_o edification_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n and_o the_o rule_n for_o interpret_n of_o which_o according_a to_o the_o common_a apprehension_n of_o man_n in_o other_o case_n he_o himself_o 2._o see_v chap._n 2._o give_v a_o earnest_n of_o in_o his_o own_o explication_n certain_o unless_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v impossible_a for_o two_o show_n of_o a_o beast_n to_o signify_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o state_n of_o it_o one_o will_v be_v very_o apt_a from_o hence_o to_o be_v confident_a that_o they_o be_v in_o these_o chapter_n but_o two_o show_n only_o of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o state_n of_o the_o beast_n after_o all_o this_o particular_a examination_n if_o we_o will_v be_v content_a with_o ordinary_a proof_n and_o such_o as_o make_v man_n sure_a of_o almost_o all_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n that_o be_v what_o the_o context_n do_v as_o it_o be_v of_o its_o own_o accord_n force_v one_o to_o be_v confident_a of_o the_o consideration_n of_o the_o history_n of_o these_o two_o beast_n and_o of_o their_o order_n and_o dependence_n upon_o one_o another_o will_v appear_v to_o be_v a_o sufficient_a ground_n for_o a_o full_a conviction_n of_o the_o certainty_n of_o this_o truth_n for_o it_o be_v very_o obvious_a to_o observe_v that_o the_o 17_o chapter_n come_v in_o about_o the_o conclusion_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o chapter_n for_o nothing_o but_o to_o tell_v the_o prophet_n as_o the_o interpret_n angel_n himself_o do_v seem_v to_o intimate_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o by_o great_a babylon_n which_o have_v be_v the_o subject_a of_o all_o the_o four_o chapter_n before_o it_o to_o secure_v we_o in_o this_o persuasion_n we_o see_v that_o the_o business_n of_o the_o 17_o chapter_n be_v bring_v in_o immediate_o after_o the_o 16_o by_o one_o of_o those_o seven_o angel_n with_o the_o seven_o vial_n who_o have_v be_v just_a before_o employ_v about_o the_o seven_o last_o plague_n that_o be_v pour_v out_o upon_o the_o other_o beast_n in_o the_o former_a chapter_n and_o the_o introduction_n to_o all_o that_o this_o angel_n have_v to_o communicate_v in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n be_v a_o offer_n from_o he_o to_o show_v the_o apostle_n the_o judgement_n of_o that_o great_a whore_n call_v babylon_n the_o great_a which_o have_v be_v just_o mention_v before_o by_o that_o very_a name_n of_o babylon_n the_o great_a in_o the_o history_n of_o the_o other_o beast_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 16_o chapter_n and_o then_o again_o after_o the_o
destroy_v the_o four_o beast_n and_o therefore_o seem_v it_o very_o useful_a for_o they_o to_o make_v the_o four_o beast_n to_o be_v not_o the_o roman_a but_o a_o part_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n it_o be_v also_o against_o the_o whole_a current_n of_o all_o the_o learned_a christian_a father_n at_o least_o till_o st._n jerom_n time_n near_o a_o thousand_o year_n after_o the_o prophecy_n be_v give_v and_o above_o four_o hundred_o year_n after_o christ_n etc._n christ_n hieronyme_n in_o c._n 7._o daniel_n let_v we_o therefore_o say_v what_o all_o ecclesiastical_a writer_n have_v deliver_v that_o in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n when_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n be_v to_o be_v destroy_v there_o shall_v be_v ten_o king_n who_o shall_v divide_v the_o roman_a world_n among_o themselves_o and_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o eleven_o littleke_v that_o shall_v arise_v and_o overcome_v three_o of_o those_o ten_o king_n etc._n etc._n ergo_fw-la dicamus_fw-la say_v he_o quod_fw-la omnes_fw-la scriptores_fw-la ecclesiastici_fw-la dan._n in_o cap._n 7._o dan._n tradiderunt_fw-la which_o be_v almost_o as_o much_o as_o to_o say_v that_o it_o be_v a_o universal_a tradition_n or_o a_o tradition_n of_o all_o the_o considerable_a person_n of_o the_o catholic_n church_n to_o his_o time_n that_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n and_o so_o that_o the_o three_o beast_n must_v be_v the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n from_o its_o succession_n to_o the_o persian_a which_o be_v by_o all_o grant_v to_o be_v the_o second_o be_v not_o this_o sufficient_a to_o make_v any_o man_n confident_a that_o the_o prophecy_n do_v of_o its_o own_o accord_n offer_v this_o interpretation_n to_o the_o common_a sense_n of_o man_n when_o it_o thus_o appear_v to_o be_v the_o impartial_a judgement_n of_o all_o the_o learned_a world_n modern_n world_n malvenda_fw-la de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la p._n 222._o for_o all_o both_o jew_n and_o christian_n look_v upon_o it_o as_o unquestionable_a that_o the_o three_o and_o four_o beast_n be_v plain_o distinct_a from_o one_o another_o so_o that_o he_o must_v have_v lose_v his_o wit_n that_o can_v think_v otherwise_o maldonal_a in_o c._n 7._o dan._n the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o so_o all_o take_v it_o to_o be_v calovius_n in_o c._n 7._o dan._n all_o agree_v that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n as_o well_o the_o ancient_n and_o the_o jewish_a church_n both_o before_o and_o after_o christ_n and_o the_o christian-church_n for_o the_o first_o four_o hundred_o year_n as_o the_o modern_n both_o jew_n and_o reference_n see_v reference_n christian_n before_o there_o be_v any_o particular_a interest_n to_o be_v serve_v by_o it_o it_o have_v also_o be_v and_o be_v still_o the_o judgement_n of_o even_o state_n even_o pererius_n in_o c._n 7._o dan._n this_o four_o beast_n according_a as_o all_o interpret_v it_o to_o be_v and_o as_o the_o matter_n itself_o do_v show_v it_o do_v represent_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n malvenda_fw-la in_o c._n 7._o dan._n p._n 222._o that_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n be_v certain_a and_o agree_v upon_o by_o all_o that_o profess_v the_o name_n of_o christ_n the_o reader_n than_o be_v thus_o to_o be_v set_v in_o the_o right_a road_n and_o the_o king_n highway_n ibid._n s._n hierom_n and_o other_o do_v very_o clear_o show_v that_o porphyry_n opinion_n be_v a_o perfect_a madness_n alcazar_n sect._n 5._o in_o c._n 13._o apoc._n it_o can_v be_v deny_v but_o that_o there_o be_v a_o plain_a allusion_n in_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o this_o beast_n to_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n which_o do_v very_o plain_o appear_v to_o be_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n item_n sect._n 3._o in_o v._n 1._o the_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n do_v evident_o allude_v to_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n and_o it_o be_v most_o clear_a and_o evident_a that_o that_o four_o beast_n of_o daniel_n be_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n in_o a_o idolatrous_a state_n the_o most_o eminent_a of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n though_o it_o be_v more_o for_o their_o interest_n than_o any_o other_o that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v any_o thing_n rather_o than_o the_o roman_a which_o do_v sufficient_o show_v that_o they_o be_v force_v to_o allow_v it_o for_o they_o can_v have_v no_o manner_n of_o advantage_n from_o that_o concession_n and_o therefore_o must_v it_o be_v the_o impartial_a sense_n of_o their_o mind_n but_o it_o will_v save_v they_o a_o great_a deal_n of_o trouble_n to_o deny_v it_o if_o they_o fair_o can_v and_o that_o show_v the_o evidence_n for_o it_o to_o be_v too_o clear_a and_o this_o give_v as_o strong_a a_o presumption_n against_o the_o possibility_n of_o any_o other_o sense_n as_o can_v almost_o be_v give_v from_o authority_n it_o be_v therefore_o well_o worth_a the_o enquiry_n what_o may_v be_v the_o ground_n of_o so_o universal_a and_o impartial_a a_o agreement_n among_o all_o the_o differ_a party_n of_o all_o sort_n about_o this_o three_o and_o four_o kingdom_n the_o first_o reason_n that_o may_v be_v observe_v for_o it_o thing_n it_o theodoret_n in_o c._n 7._o daniel_n some_o will_v have_v the_o four_o kingdom_n to_o be_v the_o rule_n of_o alexander_n successor_n but_o they_o shall_v have_v remember_v that_o the_o golden-head_n be_v the_o babylonian_n and_o that_o the_o second_o kingdom_n be_v the_o persian_n the_o three_o than_o must_v be_v the_o grecian_n and_o the_o four_o the_o roman_n ibid._n but_o at_o present_a i_o can_v but_o admire_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v some_o pious_a man_n who_o shall_v take_v the_o four_o beast_n to_o be_v the_o macedonian_a kingdom_n for_o they_o shall_v have_v consider_v that_o the_o three_o beast_n have_v four_o head_n which_o do_v open_o show_v the_o fourfold_a division_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n after_o alexander_n death_n and_o then_o that_o the_o four_o beast_n have_v ten_o horn_n and_o that_o they_o be_v but_o four_o and_o not_o ten_o that_o continue_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o greek_a monarchy_n after_o alexander_n ibid._n that_o aught_o to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o prophet_n see_v the_o three_o beast_n with_o four_o head_n upon_o he_o and_o the_o he-goat_n chap._n 8._o after_o the_o first_o horn_n be_v break_v to_o have_v have_v four_o in_o the_o room_n of_o it_o to_o make_v it_o clear_a and_o unquestionable_a that_o the_o he-goat_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n be_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v the_o plain_a intimation_n in_o the_o prophecy_n that_o the_o three_o kingdom_n be_v the_o 7._o dan._n 7._o whole_a time_n of_o the_o greek_n from_o the_o persian_n to_o the_o roman_n 1._o as_o first_o in_o the_o text_n itself_o the_o three_o kingdom_n have_v the_o same_o name_n of_o a_o kingdom_n that_o hinder_v all_o the_o rest_n from_o be_v possible_a to_o be_v understand_v of_o single_a king_n or_o of_o different_a sovereignty_n in_o the_o same_o empire_n pag._n 106._o there_o be_v the_o same_o ground_n then_o against_o the_o part_a the_o reign_n of_o alexander_n and_o his_o captain_n into_o a_o three_o and_o four_o kingdom_n which_o in_o reality_n be_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n 2._o it_o be_v against_o all_o the_o signification_n of_o kingdom_n beside_o that_o be_v represent_v by_o any_o whole_a figure_n in_o this_o book_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o common_a usage_n of_o prophetical_a term_n especial_o in_o the_o same_o book_n be_v the_o best_a rule_n to_o determine_v their_o signification_n by_o rule_n 2._o now_o by_o the_o confession_n of_o these_o man_n themselves_o and_o the_o unanimous_a consent_n of_o all_o interpreter_n every_o whole_a figure_n that_o be_v say_v to_o signify_v a_o kingdom_n do_v signify_v the_o whole_a time_n of_o a_o rule_v nation_n or_o people_n in_o that_o one_o constant_a acceptation_n we_o find_v it_o in_o no_o less_o than_o ten_o distinct_a figure_n not_o count_v in_o this_o three_o kingdom_n there_o be_v eight_o mention_v beside_o the_o three_o in_o the_o 2d_o and_o seven_o chapter_n and_o two_o in_o the_o 8_o for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n and_o of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v two_o of_o those_o scheme_n so_o that_o there_o be_v at_o least_o ten_o to_o nothing_o against_o it_o that_o the_o three_o kingdom_n be_v the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o monarchy_n of_o the_o greek_n after_o the_o persian_n and_o that_o which_o appear_v to_o be_v the_o constant_a use_n of_o expression_n in_o so_o wise_a and_o judicious_a a_o writer_n as_o the_o prophet_n daniel_n be_v may_v be_v very_o secure_o rely_v upon_o as_o a_o unquestionable_a ground_n to_o determine_v his_o meaning_n whenever_o the_o same_o expression_n be_v
justinian_n to_o resolve_v this_o scruple_n it_o must_v be_v consider_v that_o there_o be_v two_o different_a kind_n of_o sovereign_a power_n represent_v in_o the_o beast_n the_o one_o by_o his_o head_n and_o the_o other_o by_o his_o horn_n and_o the_o next_o change_n of_o sovereignty_n but_o one_o to_o that_o which_o rule_v in_o st._n john_n time_n which_o constitute_v the_o 8_o king_n or_o the_o beast_n be_v a_o succession_n of_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n by_o prop._n 20_o 21._o and_o that_o head_n be_v call_v the_o beast_n as_o a_o thing_n distinct_a from_o the_o ten_o horn_n for_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v say_v to_o give_v their_o kingdom_n to_o the_o beast_n who_o before_o have_v be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n and_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n by_o prop._n 5._o coral_n it_o matter_n not_o therefore_o at_o what_o time_n the_o ten_o horn_n arise_v for_o they_o be_v but_o so_o many_o sovereignty_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n distinct_a from_o that_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v the_o beast_n or_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o who_o be_v confederated_a with_o he_o and_o to_o know_v the_o time_n of_o that_o confederacy_n it_o must_v be_v inquire_v first_o what_o be_v the_o next_o successive_a head_n but_o one_o to_o the_o imperial_a that_o be_v up_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o beside_o the_o ten_o king_n there_o be_v to_o be_v a_o head_n among_o they_o who_o they_o shall_v all_o join_v with_o and_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v but_o so_o many_o different_a horn_n which_o signify_v a_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o not_o a_o single_a successive_a head_n of_o it_o superior_a to_o they_o all_o which_o be_v here_o inquire_v after_o according_a to_o the_o mark_n that_o have_v already_o be_v give_v to_o know_v a_o head_n by_o 17._o this_o will_v also_o be_v another_o difficulty_n against_o defer_v the_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n till_o the_o reign_n of_o justinian_n viz._n that_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o woman_n in_o the_o wilderness_n do_v begin_v and_o end_v together_o and_o the_o woman_n be_v say_v to_o fly_v into_o the_o wilderness_n present_o after_o her_o delivery_n of_o the_o manchild_n that_o be_v present_o after_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o imperial_a throne_n 200_o year_n before_o justinian_n time_n but_o it_o be_v by_o almost_o all_o agree_v that_o that_o first_o mention_n of_o the_o woman_n fly_v into_o the_o wilderness_n be_v a_o anticipation_n because_o after_o several_a great_a action_n intervening_a it_o be_v repeat_v again_o at_o the_o 14_o verse_n and_o there_o represent_v but_o as_o a_o preparation_n to_o rest_v in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o then_o the_o dragon_n cast_v out_o a_o flood_n after_o she_o whilst_o she_o be_v fly_v so_o that_o she_o be_v not_o at_o rest_n then_o till_o after_o that_o flood_n be_v swallow_v up_o by_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v just_a before_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n chap._n 13._o 18._o in_o the_o last_o place_n it_o may_v be_v object_v that_o from_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n in_o augustulus_n to_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n be_v no_o new_a roman_a government_n in_o the_o west_n because_o the_o barbarous_a king_n and_o their_o people_n be_v not_o roman_n and_o therefore_o must_v if_o any_o thing_n be_v a_o new_a beast_n and_o not_o a_o new_a head_n of_o the_o roman_a beast_n and_o then_o all_o the_o time_n of_o their_o reign_n will_v be_v but_o a_o interregnum_fw-la of_o the_o roman_a government_n and_o justinian_n return_n there_o will_v be_v but_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o six_o head_n but_o it_o be_v sufficient_a answer_n to_o this_o that_o the_o ten_o barbarous_a king_n which_o be_v make_v to_o be_v the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v thereby_o represent_v as_o member_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n as_o have_v be_v just_a now_o observe_v and_o moreover_o it_o do_v appear_v that_o the_o goth_n who_o succeed_v in_o the_o room_n of_o the_o western_a emperor_n have_v be_v long_o before_o make_v the_o confederate_n and_o member_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n see_v note_n y_o on_o chap._n 4._o chap._n ix_o xiii_o rev._n xiii_o a_o short_a account_n of_o the_o several_a opinion_n of_o interpreter_n that_o differ_v from_o the_o proposition_n before_o demonstrate_v their_o inconsistency_n with_o the_o analogy_n of_o prophecy_n the_o shift_n that_o they_o be_v force_v to_o fly_v to_o to_o maintain_v they_o by_o the_o same_o light_n which_o have_v clear_v up_o my_o own_o application_n of_o the_o prophecy_n it_o may_v be_v see_v upon_o what_o ground_n i_o depart_v from_o the_o apprehension_n of_o other_o about_o it_o 1._o it_o be_v much_o to_o be_v admire_v that_o there_o ever_o shall_v have_v be_v any_o at_o all_o much_o more_o any_o of_o the_o ancient_n that_o have_v be_v conversant_a etc._n andrea_n caesar_n aretas_n primatius_fw-la beda_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o study_n that_o shall_v apprehend_v it_o possible_a for_o the_o whole_a business_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n to_o be_v nothing_o but_o a_o mystical_a and_o spiritual_a state_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n in_o relation_n to_o the_o whole_a world_n of_o the_o wicked_a in_o general_n and_o not_o to_o any_o particular_a empire_n of_o the_o world_n more_o than_o other_o for_o the_o angel_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n do_v so_o express_o signify_v 1._o prop._n 1._o his_o design_n there_o to_o be_v to_o unfold_v the_o mystery_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o beast_n that_o have_v be_v before_o mention_v and_o do_v thereupon_o determine_v the_o meaning_n of_o they_o to_o the_o roman_a empire_n by_o such_o general_o know_v and_o peculiar_a mark_n that_o the_o romanist_n themselves_o who_o only_a interest_n and_o considerable_a concern_v it_o be_v to_o divert_v the_o scene_n of_o these_o vision_n from_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n do_v yet_o almost_o unanimous_o in_o this_o latter_a age_n acknowledge_v to_o their_o adversary_n that_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o certain_a and_o unquestionable_a than_o that_o some_o particular_a state_n of_o the_o domination_n of_o etc._n see_v consent_n of_o antiquity_n etc._n etc._n rome_n must_v be_v mean_v by_o they_o the_o ground_n of_o this_o paradoxical_a fancy_n of_o the_o ancient_n will_v be_v afterward_o inquire_v into_o 2._o it_o be_v in_o the_o next_o place_n very_o near_o as_o extravagant_a to_o grant_v that_o some_o particular_a state_n of_o roman_a rule_n must_v be_v the_o great_a object_n of_o these_o vision_n and_o yet_o to_o make_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o general_n to_o signify_v the_o world_n and_o the_o head_n of_o the_o etc._n ribera_n etc._n etc._n beast_n either_o so_o many_o successive_a age_n or_o so_o many_o distinct_a successive_a empire_n in_o it_o for_o by_o all_o the_o example_n of_o beast_n and_o their_o rule_v part_n all_o 16._o prop._n 16._o over_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n which_o be_v general_o agree_v to_o be_v the_o original_a pattern_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o revelation_n it_o be_v acknowledge_v by_o these_o very_a person_n themselves_o that_o a_o beast_n do_v constant_o signify_v the_o rule_n or_o empire_n of_o one_o particular_a nation_n only_o and_o therefore_o must_v the_o head_n also_o signify_v so_o many_o supreme_a power_n in_o that_o nation_n only_o but_o the_o most_o inexcusable_a thing_n in_o this_o opinion_n be_v that_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n be_v grant_v by_o these_o same_o person_n to_o be_v nothing_o but_o the_o particular_a nation_n of_o the_o roman_n which_o yet_o be_v the_o exact_a picture_n 15._o prop._n 15._o of_o this_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n but_o then_o to_o grant_v three_o that_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o head_n do_v signify_v nothing_o but_o roman_a power_n and_o after_o that_o to_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n not_o to_o be_v so_o many_o distinct_a power_n but_o to_o be_v take_v etc._n bellarm._n etc._n etc._n collective_o for_o all_o the_o ruler_n of_o one_o kind_n or_o for_o all_o the_o emperor_n be_v to_o outface_v the_o plain_a expression_n of_o the_o text_n which_o divide_v the_o number_n seven_o into_o five_o one_o another_z and_o a_o eight_o that_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o and_o it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o when_o the_o number_n seven_n be_v so_o express_o divide_v into_o part_n it_o be_v never_o use_v collective_o or_o for_o a_o indefinite_a multitude_n 4._o as_o contrary_a to_o the_o know_a use_n of_o those_o mystical_a expression_n be_v it_o to_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v so_o many_o single_a person_n only_o of_o ruler_n etc._n grotius_n etc._n etc._n for_o it_o be_v evident_a all_o over_o the_o book_n of_o daniel_n that_o head_n and_o horn_n of_o beast_n do_v signify_v all_o
the_o single_a person_n that_o rule_v in_o that_o division_n or_o form_n of_o government_n that_o be_v signify_v by_o 16._o prop._n 16._o each_o head_n and_o each_o horn._n 5._o and_o still_o more_o inconsistent_a be_v it_o to_o make_v the_o beast_n and_o his_o seven_o head_n to_o be_v roman_a power_n and_o yet_o antichrist_n signify_v by_o the_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o not_o to_o interpreter_n most_o of_o the_o romish_a interpreter_n come_v till_o after_o the_o end_n of_o all_o roman_a rule_n or_o that_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o ten_o of_o daniel_n shall_v be_v the_o roman_a empire_n and_o yet_o the_o little_a horn_n of_o that_o beast_n not_o to_o appear_v till_o after_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n for_o this_o will_v make_v the_o little_a horn_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v no_o horn_n of_o it_o but_o to_o appear_v after_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o horn_n it_o be_v which_o be_v a_o contradiction_n 6._o of_o much_o the_o same_o nature_n be_v that_o absurdity_n that_o the_o beast_n call_v the_o 8_o king_n be_v antichrist_n a_o little_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o yet_o that_o babylon_n that_o be_v describe_v to_o go_v all_o same_o the_o same_o along_o with_o it_o and_o to_o be_v destroy_v before_o it_o be_v rome_n heathen_a 7._o nor_o do_v it_o much_o help_v the_o matter_n to_o affirm_v that_o babylon_n do_v signify_v both_o rome_n heathen_a and_o rome_n in_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n for_o by_o by_o prop._n 2._o and_o 3._o it_o be_v evident_a that_o babylon_n be_v in_o all_o etc._n ribera_n etc._n etc._n the_o mention_n of_o it_o in_o the_o revelation_n one_o and_o the_o same_o state_n of_o rome_n in_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o in_o which_o it_o be_v destroy_v 8._o that_o opinion_n which_o make_v the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v single_a person_n and_o yet_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o continue_v at_o coral_n grot._fw-la dr._n hammond_n prop._n 6._o and_o coral_n least_o to_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n be_v inconsistent_a with_o the_o determination_n of_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o prophecy_n to_o the_o last_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o if_o the_o beast_n be_v nothing_o but_o the_o beast_n under_o its_o last_o head_n and_o all_o the_o seven_o head_n be_v but_o so_o many_o succession_n of_o single_a ruler_n only_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v continue_v many_o year_n after_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n for_o the_o six_o head_n be_v then_o in_o rule_n rev._n 17._o 10._o 9_o and_o upon_o the_o same_o ground_n it_o be_v impossible_a that_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v be_v after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o 12._o grot._fw-la dr._n hammond_n corol._n 1._o prop._n 12._o head_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v be_v yet_o past_a because_o the_o beast_n continue_v to_o the_o second_o come_v of_o christ_n and_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o reign_n of_o its_o last_o head_n prop._n 6._o and_o its_o corollary_n 10._o among_o those_o opinion_n which_o make_v the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v so_o many_o succession_n of_o roman_a power_n i_o can_v not_o entertain_v any_o of_o they_o about_o the_o constitutive_a difference_n of_o one_o head_n from_o another_o but_o that_o which_o make_v it_o to_o consist_v only_o in_o the_o settle_a change_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o civil_a power_n because_o that_o be_v the_o only_o know_v difference_n of_o successive_a horn_n in_o daniel_n ch_n 8._o and_o of_o the_o five_o first_o successive_a head_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o beside_o the_o only_a difference_n betwixt_o all_o kind_n of_o head_n or_o horn_n upon_o the_o same_o beast_n who_o signification_n be_v agree_v on_o be_v nothing_o but_o the_o different_a name_n of_o the_o civil_a power_n either_o from_o its_o peculiar_a terrritory_n in_o those_o that_o be_v represent_v to_o rule_v all_o at_o a_o time_n in_o a_o divide_a monarchy_n or_o from_o the_o different_a appellation_n in_o those_o that_o succeed_v one_o another_o in_o a_o entire_a empire_n so_o be_v it_o above_o sixty_o time_n in_o the_o agree_v example_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n see_v discourse_n on_o query_n the_o second_o and_o therefore_o i_o can_v not_o but_o look_v upon_o alcasar_n determination_n of_o the_o seven_o head_n to_o seven_o roman_a persecution_n of_o the_o church_n as_o arbitrary_a and_o much_o more_o the_o opinion_n of_o those_o protestant_n who_o agree_v that_o the_o only_a constitutive_a difference_n of_o the_o six_o first_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v nothing_o but_o a_o different_a name_n of_o the_o civil_a power_n for_o they_o be_v all_o six_o of_o the_o same_o more_o mr._n mede_n dr._n more_o religion_n and_o yet_o will_v make_v the_o two_o last_o succession_n of_o the_o eight_o which_o complete_a the_o seven_o head_n to_o be_v nothing_o but_o two_o change_n of_o religion_n under_o the_o same_o civil_a head_n with_o the_o six_o for_o this_o be_v to_o make_v a_o new_a rule_n for_o the_o difference_n of_o the_o two_o last_o succession_n without_o any_o ground_n for_o it_o from_o the_o prophecy_n and_o contrary_a to_o all_o the_o know_v and_o acknowledge_v example_n either_o in_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o head_n of_o the_o same_o beast_n or_o in_o the_o head_n and_o horn_n of_o other_o beast_n and_o give_v great_a advantage_n to_o the_o papist_n to_o despise_v the_o protestant_n application_n the_o plea_n for_o it_o may_v be_v see_v answer_v in_o answer_n to_o objection_n 1_o 2_o 3_o against_o the_o 2_o do_v query_n 11._o there_o be_v so_o plain_a a_o distinction_n in_o the_o second_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o chapter_n from_o the_o first_o beast_n there_o and_o the_o one_o so_o manifest_o etc._n most_o protestant_n prop._n 24_o etc._n etc._n set_v forth_o as_o a_o ecclesiastical_a power_n under_o the_o character_n of_o the_o false_a prophet_n in_o distinction_n to_o the_o other_o who_o image_n and_o honour_n he_o be_v altogether_o employ_v to_o advance_v that_o i_o can_v never_o yield_v to_o make_v they_o but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n viz._n the_o papal_a power_n only_o but_o yet_o because_o they_o make_v but_o one_o joint_a confederacy_n for_o the_o interest_n of_o a_o false_a religion_n against_o the_o true_a church_n they_o be_v therefore_o sometime_o promiscuous_o use_v to_o signify_v the_o action_n of_o one_o another_o in_o that_o common_a concern_v and_o the_o image_n and_o babylon_n be_v in_o the_o same_o manner_n use_v thus_o be_v babylon_n say_v to_o be_v fall_v chap._n 14._o 8._o to_o signify_v the_o decay_n of_o the_o power_n of_o the_o image_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n be_v say_v to_o have_v the_o power_n and_o strength_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n give_v he_o which_o belong_v proper_o to_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n 12._o it_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o very_a unnatural_a force_n upon_o the_o text_n to_o make_v the_o seven_o king_n none_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n in_o chap._n etc._n dr._n more_o etc._n etc._n 17._o 10._o for_o it_o be_v manifest_o reckon_v up_o in_o order_n as_o one_o of_o those_o seven_o king_n which_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o that_o verse_n be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n and_o without_o make_v it_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n there_o will_v be_v but_o six_o head_n upon_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n 5._o prop._n 4_o &_o 5._o for_o it_o be_v agree_v that_o it_o be_v the_o six_o king_n and_z sixth_z head_n that_o be_v there_o wound_v and_o it_o must_v be_v the_o same_o head_n that_o be_v see_v heal_v which_o also_o be_v agree_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n and_o last_o rule_v head_n if_o therefore_o the_o seven_o king_n be_v no_o head_n there_o will_v be_v no_o new_a head_n after_o the_o six_o but_o only_o the_o six_o heal_v of_o a_o wound_n whereas_o there_o be_v seven_o real_o distinct_a head_n see_v upon_o the_o beast_n that_o which_o be_v plead_v for_o the_o ground_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v answer_v in_o the_o answer_n to_o the_o one_a 2d_o and_o 3d_o objection_n against_o the_o second_o query_n it_o will_v much_o confirm_v the_o strength_n of_o the_o whole_a process_n of_o the_o proposition_n before_o lay_v down_o to_o observe_v to_o what_o strange_a shift_n those_o interpreter_n have_v be_v put_v that_o own_o any_o part_n of_o the_o demonstration_n and_o yet_o will_v stand_v out_o against_o the_o conclusion_n those_o that_o own_o babylon_n to_o be_v rome_n but_o not_o the_o present_a rome_n christian_n be_v force_v to_o make_v it_o to_o be_v either_o rome_n pagan_a hammond_n
of_o a_o universal_a arbitrary_a jurisdiction_n over_o the_o conscience_n of_o all_o man_n in_o the_o governing-power_n of_o the_o roman_a state_n and_o church_n i_o need_v add_v nothing_o else_o to_o make_v the_o character_n of_o it_o comprehensive_a enough_o of_o all_o the_o particular_n include_v in_o it_o for_o this_o unbounded_a power_n especial_o when_o secure_v by_o the_o plea_n of_o infallibility_n do_v comprehend_v in_o it_o all_o the_o tyrannical_a imposition_n that_o can_v enslave_v the_o soul_n of_o man_n to_o give_v a_o absolute_a and_o divine_a reverence_n to_o the_o supreme_a power_n a_o ungrounded_a belief_n of_o a_o infallible_a spirit_n in_o man_n in_o the_o exercise_n of_o their_o jurisdiction_n over_o the_o conscience_n do_v oblige_v a_o man_n to_o a_o blind_a faith_n in_o they_o for_o every_o the_o most_o absurd_a and_o extravagant_a thing_n that_o they_o affirm_v and_o to_o a_o blind_a obedience_n to_o all_o their_o most_o unreasonable_a and_o arbitrary_a injunction_n it_o bind_v he_o to_o renounce_v all_o use_n of_o his_o understanding_n that_o shall_v enable_v he_o to_o discover_v a_o falsehood_n and_o to_o stifle_v all_o the_o light_n of_o conscience_n in_o he_o which_o will_v make_v he_o discern_v betwixt_o good_a and_o evil_n and_o by_o this_o mean_n do_v it_o not_o only_o lay_v a_o man_n open_a to_o the_o inspiration_n and_o illusion_n of_o the_o devil_n but_o to_o take_v they_o also_o for_o the_o oracle_n of_o god_n and_o make_v he_o uncapable_a of_o the_o grace_n of_o repentance_n this_o do_v make_v it_o easy_a to_o understand_v how_o the_o worshipper_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v also_o worship_v the_o dragon_n who_o give_v power_n to_o he_o for_o this_o power_n be_v not_o of_o god_n but_o of_o the_o dragon_n and_o for_o his_o service_n as_o it_o be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v the_o worship_n that_o be_v pay_v to_o it_o be_v the_o worship_v of_o that_o anselmus_fw-la that_o ribera_n on_o 16_o b._n cap._n 13._o move_v a_o doubt_n how_o antichrist_n that_o be_v to_o deceive_v the_o world_n with_o a_o false_a show_n can_v persuade_v they_o to_o worship_v the_o devil_n or_o dragon_n and_o thereupon_o say_v the_o interpreter_n do_v thus_o answer_v man_n shall_v worship_v antichrist_n but_o because_o he_o shall_v have_v his_o power_n from_o the_o devil_n by_o worship_v of_o he_o they_o shall_v worship_v the_o devil_n so_o aretas_n primatius_fw-la ausbertus_n haymo_n ambrose_n anselmus_fw-la dragon_n or_o of_o the_o devil_n for_o who_o service_n it_o be_v beside_o that_o the_o devil_n or_o dragon_n be_v represent_v as_o the_o constant_a companion_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o the_o last_o and_o so_o must_v be_v the_o inspirer_n and_o manager_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o all_o he_o do_v and_o then_o the_o devil_n may_v be_v say_v to_o be_v as_o real_o in_o the_o throne_n again_o as_o he_o be_v in_o the_o red_a dragon_n so_o that_o the_o dragon_n by_o that_o do_v become_v the_o life_n and_o soul_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o both_o together_o make_v one_o and_o the_o same_o body_n of_o sovereign_a power_n that_o be_v worship_v and_o this_o do_v very_o well_o express_v the_o tyrannical_a persecution_n of_o the_o faithful_a member_n of_o christ_n by_o the_o roman_a power_n which_o be_v almost_o the_o whole_a character_n of_o the_o red_a dragon_n in_o the_o 3._o rev._n 12._o 3._o chapter_n before_o this_o and_o for_o which_o he_o wear_v those_o bloody_a colour_n chap._n iu._n xiii_o rev._n xiii_o a_o essay_n to_o apply_v the_o idolatrous_a worship_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o the_o imperial_a power_n the_o church_n no_o monarchy_n before_o constantine_n with_o he_o come_v in_o the_o monarchical_a form_n of_o church-government_n with_o a_o ecclesiastical_a senate_n the_o resemblance_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n in_o the_o church_n both_o as_o to_o the_o legislative_a and_o executive_a part_n of_o the_o government_n with_o the_o civil_a power_n in_o conjunction_n with_o the_o roman_a senate_n the_o first_o ground_n of_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n the_o charge_n of_o the_o idolatrous_a worship_n beforementioned_a may_v seem_v at_o the_o very_a first_o sight_n to_o be_v just_a enough_o for_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o image_n or_o of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n and_o of_o the_o papal_a authority_n which_o be_v the_o head_n and_o life_n of_o it_o but_o it_o may_v not_o appear_v to_o be_v so_o easy_a to_o apply_v the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o the_o secular_a imperial_a power_n for_o a_o clear_a satisfaction_n in_o this_o it_o will_v be_v convenient_a to_o take_v a_o view_n of_o the_o different_a state_n of_o the_o church_n when_o under_o persecution_n and_o when_o advance_v to_o the_o imperial_a throne_n it_o be_v very_o evident_a that_o the_o catholic_n church_n however_o unite_v it_o may_v be_v yet_o be_v certain_o no_o monarchy_n in_o the_o time_n before_o constantine_n the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n who_o be_v the_o only_a pretender_n to_o the_o sovereignty_n at_o that_o time_n be_v sufficient_o know_v to_o have_v have_v then_o but_o a_o very_a limit_a jurisdiction_n and_o nothing_o do_v pass_v for_o a_o law_n of_o the_o church_n but_o what_o be_v decree_v by_o the_o common_a assembly_n of_o the_o governor_n of_o it_o the_o church_n do_v much_o resemble_v the_o union_n and_o government_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o unite_a province_n the_o bishop_n and_o his_o clergy_n be_v the_o stand_a authority_n of_o every_o particular_a jurisdiction_n and_o the_o people_n and_o inferior_a clergy_n be_v general_o the_o elector_n of_o the_o bishop_n into_o their_o particular_a place_n and_o the_o general_a assembly_n of_o they_o all_o in_o council_n be_v the_o supreme_a authority_n of_o the_o church_n by_o they_o be_v law_n make_v and_o they_o be_v account_v the_o last_o appeal_n for_o the_o determination_n of_o all_o material_a controversy_n about_o jurisdiction_n upon_o constantine_n conversion_n power_n conversion_n the_o jesuit_n pererius_n disp_n 5._o in_o apocalypsin_n de_fw-fr constantino_n then_o be_v the_o imperial_a majesty_n first_o bring_v into_o the_o church_n and_o the_o church_n come_v to_o be_v arm_v against_o its_o enemy_n with_o two_o sword_n the_o one_o the_o temporal_a sword_n in_o the_o hand_n of_o secular_o or_o laic_n and_o of_o christian_a prince_n the_o other_o spiritual_a in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o church-prelate_n but_o chief_o that_o in_o the_o papal_a power_n there_o appear_v a_o new_a form_n of_o government_n in_o the_o church_n that_o which_o before_o be_v but_o a_o aristocracy_n come_v now_o to_o be_v a_o monarchy_n under_o a_o emperor_n and_o a_o ecclesiastical_a senate_n but_o yet_o with_o so_o much_o deference_n to_o the_o emperor_n as_o he_o may_v evident_o be_v perceive_v to_o be_v the_o supreme_a governor_n of_o the_o whole_a church_n it_o be_v france_n be_v constantine_n summon_v the_o council_n of_o nice_a and_o preside_v there_o euseb_n vit_fw-mi constantin_n l._n 1._o c._n 37._o l._n 3._o c._n 6._o and_o before_o have_v command_v and_o enjoin_v the_o meeting_n of_o the_o synod_n of_o arles_n euseb_n l._n 10._o c._n 5._o the_o council_n of_o sardica_n be_v summon_v by_o the_o order_n of_o the_o two_o emperor_n constantius_n and_o constans_n sozomen_fw-fr l._n 3._o c._n 10._o the_o synodical_a epistle_n of_o that_o council_n in_o theodoret._n l._n 2._o c._n 8._o say_v the_o emperor_n well-beloved_a of_o god_n gather_v we_o together_o from_o divers_a city_n and_o province_n and_o have_v order_v we_o to_o hold_v a_o synod_n in_o the_o town_n of_o sardica_n so_o also_o athanasius_n apol._n 2._o of_o the_o same_o thing_n by_o the_o edict_n of_o the_o most_o religious_a emperor_n constans_n and_o constantius_n the_o second_o general_n council_n at_o constantinople_n be_v summon_v by_o the_o command_n of_o the_o emperor_n theodosius_n as_o socrates_n express_o say_v l._n 5._o c._n 8._o &_o theodoret._n l._n 5._o c._n 9_o that_o they_o be_v assemble_v by_o the_o letter_n of_o the_o emperor_n the_o synodical_a epistle_n of_o the_o council_n 1_o tom._n council_n express_v their_o be_v assemble_v at_o the_o emperor_n command_n and_o desire_v he_o to_o confirm_v their_o decree_n by_o his_o judgement_n and_o seal_n the_o three_o general_n council_n at_o ephesus_n epist_n synodal_n ad_fw-la theodos_fw-la apud_fw-la cyrill_n tom._n 4._o council_n we_o present_v our_o person_n in_o the_o synod_n that_o you_o have_v command_v etc._n etc._n and_o they_o desire_v leave_v of_o the_o emperor_n with_o all_o humility_n to_o go_v to_o their_o several_a home_n till_o the_o business_n be_v determine_v and_o the_o emperor_n in_o his_o confirmation_n of_o it_o say_z the_o emperor_n due_o inform_v of_o all_o be_v well_o satisfy_v that_o the_o holy_a synod_n have_v do_v all_o thing_n canonical_o soon_o after_o this_o do_v theodosius_n call_v another_o council_n at_o ephesus_n and_o say_v of_o dioscorus_n to_o that_o council_n we_o
law_n and_o their_o sanction_n of_o council_n as_o the_o will_n of_o god_n about_o the_o way_n to_o salvation_n or_o make_v they_o receive_v the_o roman_a religion_n itself_o as_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n only_o upon_o the_o account_n of_o its_o be_v the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n which_o have_v all_o the_o authority_n that_o it_o lay_v claim_v to_o from_o the_o will_n of_o the_o emperor_n only_o in_o veneration_n to_o the_o majesty_n of_o that_o empire_n and_o the_o supreme_a ruler_n of_o it_o or_o when_o the_o pope_n do_v make_v the_o emperor_n to_o be_v own_v for_o the_o depose_v the_o gregor_n 7._o ep._n poll_n 18._o l._n 6._o richard_n prince_n of_o capua_n take_v this_o as_o part_v of_o his_o oath_n to_o the_o pope_n i_o will_v acknowledge_v the_o emperor_n henry_n for_o every_o thing_n else_o and_o will_v swear_v fealty_n to_o he_o when_o i_o shall_v be_v exhort_v to_o it_o by_o thou_o or_o thy_o successor_n always_o with_o the_o exception_n of_o the_o holy_a church_n etc._n etc._n and_o it_o be_v the_o general_a practice_n of_o that_o church_n in_o case_n of_o the_o emperor_n failure_n of_o this_o defence_n of_o the_o church_n or_o in_o case_n of_o heresy_n contrary_n to_o it_o he_o be_v to_o be_v depose_v defender_n of_o the_o faith_n of_o that_o church_n by_o a_o divine_a commission_n to_o they_o from_o his_o hand_n at_o their_o confirmation_n in_o the_o imperial_a dignity_n and_o thus_o recommend_v they_o under_o that_o sacred_a character_n as_o the_o immediate_a and_o special_a ordinance_n of_o god_n in_o the_o roman_a church_n who_o will_n must_v be_v submit_v to_o in_o their_o command_n for_o the_o own_n of_o the_o infallibility_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n or_o the_o divine_a inspiration_n of_o it_o in_o all_o thing_n the_o next_o exercise_n of_o the_o false_a prophet_n power_n be_v by_o all_o the_o deceitful_a art_n of_o persuasion_n to_o get_v the_o world_n to_o make_v a_o image_n to_o 14._o rev._n 13_o 14._o the_o beast_n which_o do_v set_v out_o the_o great_a industry_n of_o the_o papal_a power_n upon_o its_o exaltation_n to_o the_o supremacy_n over_o the_o church_n to_o make_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n to_o be_v as_o universal_a a_o empire_n over_o the_o world_n as_o the_o civil_a state_n of_o it_o be_v and_o so_o to_o be_v the_o image_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n when_o this_o be_v obtain_v it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o have_v power_n also_o to_o 15._o v._o 15._o give_v life_n to_o this_o image_n and_o questionless_a all_o will_v own_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n to_o have_v almost_o all_o its_o life_n from_o it_o from_o this_o appear_v from_o the_o oath_n that_o all_o the_o dignify_a clergy_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n take_v at_o their_o creation_n the_o form_n of_o which_o be_v thus_o set_v down_o lib._n 2._o decret_n tit._n 24._o i_o n._n n._n by_o the_o grace_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o apostolic_a see_v bishop_n of_o etc._n etc._n will_v assist_v for_o the_o retain_v of_o the_o roman_a pacy_n and_o the_o regalia_z of_o st._n peter_n and_o to_o the_o maintain_v they_o against_o every_o man_n i_o will_v take_v care_n to_o preserve_v increase_n defend_v and_o further_o the_o right_n honour_n privilege_n and_o authority_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n of_o our_o lord_n the_o pope_n and_o his_o successor_n i_o will_v prosecute_v and_o suppress_v to_o my_o power_n all_o heretic_n schismatic_n and_o rebel_n against_o our_o lord_n the_o pope_n add_v to_o this_o the_o oath_n that_o the_o emperor_n and_o king_n take_v at_o their_o coronation_n to_o defend_v the_o right_n of_o the_o apostolic_a see_v and_o then_o the_o papal_a authority_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o sole_a head_n of_o the_o image_n and_o the_o inspirer_n of_o it_o the_o papal_a authority_n in_o it_o of_o which_o there_o can_v be_v no_o more_o lively_a a_o proof_n than_o to_o ibid._n ibid._n make_v the_o image_n speak_v and_o cause_n all_o to_o be_v kill_v that_o will_v not_o worship_v it_o and_o do_v not_o this_o very_o exact_o agree_v with_o the_o decree_n and_o canon_n of_o that_o church_n put_v in_o execution_n by_o its_o own_o court_n of_o judicature_n and_o by_o the_o concurrence_n of_o the_o secular_a arm_n which_o it_o make_v its_o officer_n and_o executioner_n it_o be_v know_v that_o any_o dissent_n from_o the_o faith_n of_o that_o church_n be_v judge_v by_o they_o to_o be_v heresy_n and_o that_o the_o punishment_n of_o heresy_n be_v death_n and_o since_o all_o the_o government_n of_o the_o church_n be_v make_v a_o papal_a monarchy_n and_o the_o pope_n the_o supreme_a head_n of_o it_o it_o be_v very_o proper_o say_v that_o he_o do_v cause_n the_o church_n to_o do_v all_o these_o thing_n the_o last_o mention_v exercise_n of_o the_o false-prophet_n power_n be_v to_o make_v all_o man_n receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o hand_n or_o forehead_n or_o to_o 17._o rev._n 13_o 16_o 17._o have_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n this_o seem_v to_o be_v very_o mystical_a at_o the_o first_o sight_n of_o it_o but_o the_o custom_n of_o all_o the_o eastern_a part_n to_o give_v their_o soldier_n and_o slave_n a_o mark_n to_o know_v they_o for_o their_o own_o do_v make_v it_o plain_a that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o some_o ivy-leaf_n some_o malvenda_fw-la de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la pag._n 434._o let_v it_o therefore_o be_v take_v for_o clear_a and_o undoubted_a which_o all_o the_o father_n do_v unquestionable_o teach_v that_o this_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n 666_o do_v not_o relate_v to_o either_o the_o birth_n or_o death_n of_o christ_n or_o to_o any_o kind_n of_o duration_n or_o space_n of_o time_n but_o that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v the_o real_a name_n of_o antichrist_n and_o he_o there_o mention_n romanist_n and_o latin_n alcazar_n in_o c._n 13._o apoc._n de_fw-fr charactere_fw-la bestiae_fw-la the_o mark_n say_v he_o be_v not_o here_o any_o thing_n distinct_a from_o the_o number_n and_o the_o name_n 1._o because_o it_o be_v say_v the_o mark_n or_o the_o name_n or_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n which_o do_v not_o intimate_v three_o distinct_a thing_n but_o only_o three_o distinct_a name_n of_o the_o same_o thing_n 2._o because_o chap._n 20._o apoc._n it_o be_v say_v that_o all_o that_o have_v not_o receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v reign_v with_o christ_n where_o the_o mark_n include_v in_o it_o the_o name_n and_o number_n 3._o because_o chap._n 14._o 9_o it_o be_v say_v also_o of_o the_o punishment_n of_o the_o follower_n of_o the_o beast_n that_o it_o be_v to_o those_o who_o shall_v receive_v the_o mark_n where_o all_o that_o have_v the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n be_v also_o comprehend_v he_o there_o also_o add_v that_o it_o be_v the_o custom_n for_o soldier_n to_o receive_v the_o name_n of_o their_o prince_n in_o their_o skin_n so_o vegelius_fw-la l._n 1._o c._n 8._o and_o l._n 2._o c._n 5._o soldier_n be_v list_a by_o be_v prick_v in_o the_o skin_n with_o the_o name_n of_o the_o prince_n or_o general_n so_o lipsius_n l._n 1._o c._n 9_o quote_v justinian_n code_n for_o it_o st._n augustine_n chrysostom_n and_o prudentius_n the_o society_n of_o bacchus_n be_v thus_o mark_v with_o a_o ivy-leaf_n peculiar_a mark_n and_o name_n which_o do_v distinguish_v those_o of_o the_o roman_a church_n from_o all_o other_o christian_n but_o that_o which_o do_v the_o best_a open_v the_o mystery_n of_o these_o expression_n be_v that_o observation_n of_o grotius_n upon_o this_o place_n that_o it_o be_v a_o common_a fashion_n in_o st._n john_n be_v time_n for_o every_o heathen_a god_n to_o have_v a_o particular_a society_n or_o fraternity_n belong_v to_o he_o and_o the_o way_n of_o admit_v any_o into_o these_o fraternity_n be_v 1._o by_o give_v they_o some_o hieroglyphic_n mark_v in_o their_o hand_n or_o forehead_n which_o be_v account_v sacred_a to_o that_o particular_a god_n as_o that_o of_o a_o ivy-leaf_n to_o own_v themselves_o of_o the_o fraternity_n of_o bacchus_n 2._o by_o seal_v they_o with_o the_o letter_n of_o the_o name_n of_o that_o god_n and_o 3._o with_o that_o number_n which_o the_o greek_a letter_n of_o their_o name_n do_v make_v up_o for_o the_o numeral_a cipher_n of_o the_o greek_n be_v the_o letter_n of_o the_o alphabet_n thus_o the_o greek_a letter_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o sun_n do_v in_o all_o make_v up_o 608._o and_o therefore_o his_o fraternity_n be_v mark_v with_o xh_n a_o very_a great_a confirmation_n of_o this_o way_n of_o interpret_n the_o name_n and_o number_n of_o the_o name_n be_v irenaeus_n testimony_n from_o 24._o irenaeus_n l._n 5._o c._n 24._o the_o mouth_n of_o those_o who_o have_v receive_v it_o from_o st._n john_n that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o
prophecy_n of_o the_o witness_n at_o the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n nor_o do_v it_o seem_v to_o be_v more_o necessary_a that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v end_v before_o the_o last_o ruin_n of_o his_o kingdom_n or_o when_o it_o come_v only_o to_o be_v break_v which_o yet_o be_v the_o whole_a strength_n of_o what_o he_o add_v to_o defend_v it_o the_o three_o synchronism_n betwixt_o babylon_n and_o the_o heal_v beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chap._n suppose_v the_o beast_n to_o be_v the_o same_o particular_a time_n and_o state_n of_o roman_a power_n without_o any_o proof_n and_o yet_o grotius_n and_o other_o suppose_v they_o quite_o different_a dr._n more_o endeavour_n to_o show_v they_o to_o be_v necessary_o the_o same_o by_o eighteen_o congruity_n of_o character_n which_o though_o i_o think_v i_o be_o sure_a that_o many_o of_o they_o be_v not_o true_a yet_o be_v indeed_o sufficient_a to_o make_v any_o man_n strong_o persuade_v of_o the_o perfect_a identity_n of_o the_o two_o beast_n but_o they_o have_v nothing_o in_o they_o that_o do_v necessary_o determine_v they_o to_o the_o same_o particular_a state_n and_o time_n of_o roman_a reign_n and_o yet_o the_o whole_a strength_n of_o the_o demonstrative_a proof_n of_o the_o synchronism_n depend_v upon_o the_o necessity_n of_o these_o supposition_n the_o four_o synchronism_n be_v the_o total_a contemporation_n of_o the_o 144000_o with_o the_o beast_n upon_o the_o account_n of_o their_o state_n of_o mutual_a opposition_n from_o the_o first_o time_n of_o the_o mark_v follower_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o the_o utmost_a that_o this_o can_v prove_v be_v that_o they_o be_v contemporary_n from_o that_o time_n where_o they_o be_v mention_v together_o for_o the_o party_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v mark_v to_o be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o seal_a company_n but_o the_o 144000_o be_v seal_v only_o to_o escape_v the_o judgement_n of_o the_o trumpet_n which_o be_v nowhere_o prove_v necessary_a nor_o to_o begin_v before_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o dr._n more_n do_v add_v nothing_o to_o show_v it_o necessary_a and_o yet_o the_o chief_a proof_n of_o the_o connexion_n of_o the_o first_o part_n of_o the_o vision_n with_o the_o latter_a do_v depend_v upon_o this_o in_o the_o first_o synchronism_n of_o the_o second_o part._n i_o can_v but_o further_o add_v that_o mr._n mede_n and_o dr._n more_o be_v application_n of_o the_o seven_o and_o eight_o king_n do_v seem_v to_o render_v the_o synchronism_n altogether_o ineffectual_a for_o convince_a a_o papist_n for_o after_o they_o have_v make_v the_o essential_a difference_n betwixt_o the_o six_o first_o head_n or_o king_n to_o be_v nothing_o but_o a_o different_a title_n of_o the_o civil_a sovereign_a power_n of_o 4._o see_v judgement_n of_o god_n p._n 4._o rome_n they_o make_v the_o seven_o king_n to_o be_v nothing_o but_o a_o change_n of_o the_o religion_n of_o the_o six_o king_n retain_v still_o the_o same_o title_n of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n which_o be_v his_o essential_a difference_n from_o that_o before_o he_o this_o seem_v to_o be_v contrary_a to_o six_o example_n in_o the_o same_o figure_n and_o to_o almost_o six_o time_n as_o many_o in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n a_o papist_n will_v therefore_o hold_v they_o to_o their_o true_a notion_n of_o the_o six_o head_n and_o then_o pretend_v that_o the_o imperial_a title_n do_v continue_v still_o as_o the_o six_o head_n and_o that_o the_o synchronism_n can_v therefore_o take_v place_n till_o that_o be_v change_v all_o this_o i_o mention_v only_o to_o show_v that_o there_o be_v still_o want_v a_o clear_a evidence_n to_o make_v good_a that_o excellent_a design_n towards_o which_o mr._n mede_n do_v give_v the_o first_o great_a stroke_n and_o for_o which_o he_o be_v to_o be_v acknowledge_v to_o have_v be_v the_o first_o clear_a light_n that_o god_n give_v the_o world_n for_o the_o illustration_n of_o these_o dark_a mystery_n which_o now_o appear_v to_o be_v the_o worthy_a entertainment_n of_o the_o best_a and_o the_o most_o judicious_a understanding_n this_o i_o have_v endeavour_v to_o perfect_a but_o i_o must_v still_o acknowledge_v that_o though_o i_o think_v myself_o sure_a enough_o of_o the_o strength_n of_o my_o method_n for_o it_o yet_o i_o do_v not_o pretend_v to_o that_o which_o be_v strict_o call_v demonstration_n it_o be_v enough_o for_o i_o if_o i_o can_v proceed_v but_o upon_o such_o clear_a ground_n and_o go_v on_o in_o so_o close_a a_o coherence_n from_o they_o as_o to_o force_v the_o assent_n of_o all_o wary_a and_o impartial_a examiner_n of_o it_o with_o as_o little_a doubt_n concern_v it_o though_o not_o with_o so_o absolute_a a_o certainty_n of_o it_o as_o mathematical_a evidence_n use_v to_o do_v i_o dare_v however_o be_v confident_a for_o the_o encouragement_n of_o the_o reader_n that_o if_o he_o have_v find_v any_o satisfaction_n in_o the_o ground_n of_o any_o protestant_a interpretation_n that_o other_o affirm_v themselves_o to_o be_v abundant_o and_o mathematical_o certain_a of_o he_o will_v find_v they_o here_o much_o more_o cautious_o and_o strong_o secure_v and_o that_o the_o elegant_a systeme_n which_o have_v of_o late_a nouveau_fw-fr mounseur_fw-fr jurieu_fw-fr eclaircissemens_n oü_fw-la systeme_n nouveau_fw-fr much_o surprise_v the_o generality_n of_o those_o that_o look_v into_o these_o thing_n have_v but_o a_o very_a blind_a and_o uncertain_a foundation_n without_o such_o a_o proof_n of_o the_o first_o principle_n of_o they_o as_o be_v here_o attempt_v i_o think_v i_o may_v also_o safe_o venture_v to_o assure_v the_o friend_n of_o the_o grotian_n way_n that_o the_o least_o degreee_v of_o impartiality_n in_o they_o will_v make_v they_o see_v it_o here_o show_v to_o be_v much_o more_o certain_a church_n certain_a preface_n to_o the_o judgement_n of_o god_n upon_o the_o roman_a church_n that_o the_o chief_a foundation_n of_o that_o interpretation_n be_v contrary_a to_o the_o clear_a and_o obvious_a sense_n of_o the_o prophetical_a term_n as_o well_o as_o to_o the_o general_a judgement_n of_o interpreter_n of_o all_o party_n in_o all_o age_n according_a to_o the_o censure_n of_o the_o most_o judicious_a of_o the_o romanist_n than_o it_o be_v 115._o be_v la_fw-fr veritable_a clef_fw-fr de_fw-fr l'_fw-fr apocalypse_n p._n 115._o that_o grotius_n be_v divine_o inspire_v preface_n inspire_v ibid._n preface_n and_o that_o mr._n baxter_n be_v the_o great_a man_n in_o england_n among_o the_o protestant_n for_o second_v he_o 115._o he_o ibid._n p._n 115._o or_o that_o they_o have_v make_v mr._n mede_n systeme_n appear_v so_o absurd_a that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v abhor_v according_a to_o the_o extravagant_a and_o hypocritical_a expression_n of_o a_o late_a incendiary_n of_o that_o church_n to_o inflame_v protestant_n against_o one_o another_o a_o table_n of_o proposition_n to_o be_v inspect_v when_o any_o proposition_n or_o corollary_n or_o rule_n be_v quote_v to_o avoid_v the_o trouble_n of_o turn_v to_o it_o in_o the_o body_n of_o the_o book_n book_n i._n proposition_n rule_n and_o corollary_n proposit_n 1._o babylon_n revelat._n 17._o be_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n in_o a_o antichristian_a and_o idolatrous_a domination_n from_o hence_o be_v draw_v these_o rule_n of_o interpretation_n rule_n 1._o word_n of_o a_o plain_a signification_n be_v to_o be_v take_v in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n in_o that_o sense_n in_o which_o they_o be_v general_o take_v in_o the_o world_n unless_o it_o be_v inconsistent_a with_o something_o more_o clear_o know_v rule_n 2._o word_n of_o a_o mystical_a signification_n must_v follow_v the_o use_n of_o they_o among_o the_o prophet_n if_o not_o inconsistent_a with_o something_o more_o clear_o know_v rule_v 3_o the_o same_o word_n do_v signify_v the_o same_o thing_n all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n unless_o there_o be_v clear_a ground_n against_o it_o rule_n 4._o the_o different_a judgement_n of_o learned_a man_n ought_v not_o to_o weaken_v our_o assent_n to_o what_o appear_v sufficient_o clear_a after_o a_o impartial_a examination_n especial_o if_o it_o be_v common_o acknowledge_v proposit_n 2._o babylon_n signify_v the_o same_o thing_n immediate_o before_o in_o and_o after_o the_o 17_o chapter_n corollary_n babylon_n be_v the_o same_o thing_n in_o the_o 14_o chapter_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o rest_n proposit_n 3._o the_o judgement_n of_o babylon_n in_o all_o chapter_n be_v the_o desolation_n of_o rome_n by_o fire_n in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o idolatrous_a antichristian_a domination_n corollary_n babylon_n can_v be_v rome-pagan_a proposit_n 4._o every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n revelat._n 17._o reckon_v up_o in_o order_n v._o 10_o 11._o be_v one_o of_o those_o call_v the_o seven_o king_n in_o general_n v._o 10._o corollary_n the_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o king_n who_o have_v be_v in_o rule_n before_o and_o be_v
king_n who_o have_v the_o gold_n mine_n of_o america_n or_o the_o port_n that_o rule_v over_o the_o east_n we_o shall_v most_o assure_o conclude_v that_o no_o other_o king_n now_o or_o hereafter_o can_v be_v mean_v by_o it_o but_o the_o king_n of_o france_n or_o spain_n nor_o any_o other_o port_n in_o the_o world_n but_o the_o ottoman_a port_n or_o constantinople_n and_o it_o will_v be_v altogether_o incredible_a to_o we_o that_o any_o learned_a person_n some_o hundred_o of_o year_n hence_o that_o be_v acquaint_v with_o the_o common_a use_n of_o those_o term_n in_o this_o age_n shall_v be_v so_o extravagant_a as_o to_o think_v that_o this_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o any_o other_o christian_n or_o catholic_n king_n in_o the_o world_n beside_o or_o of_o some_o other_o great_a eastern_a port_n some_o hundred_o year_n hence_o the_o most_o satisfactory_a instance_n of_o the_o wild_a imagination_n of_o learned_a man_n on_o some_o occasion_n be_v the_o example_n that_o bellarmin_n have_v give_v we_o of_o it_o in_o the_o very_a case_n before_o we_o whatsoever_o be_v the_o reason_n of_o it_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o he_o be_v in_o express_a term_n repugnant_a to_o himself_o in_o two_o contradictory_n assertion_n about_o this_o thing_n for_o in_o his_o second_o book_n de_fw-fr pontifice_fw-la cap._n 2._o hill_n 2._o joannes_n in_o apocalypsi_fw-la romam_fw-la passim_fw-la vocat_fw-la babylonem_fw-la et_fw-la aperte_fw-la colligitur_fw-la ex_fw-la cap._n 17._o apocalyps_n alioqui_fw-la respondeat_fw-la nobis_fw-la vellenus_fw-la quaenam_fw-la est_fw-la illa_fw-la babylon_n quae_fw-la in_o apocalypsi_fw-la imperat_fw-la regibus_fw-la terrae_fw-la bellarm._n l._n 2._o de_fw-la pontifice_fw-la romano_n cap._n 2._o ibid._n nec_fw-la enim_fw-la alia_fw-la civitas_fw-la est_fw-la quae_fw-la joannes_n tempore_fw-la imperium_fw-la habuerit_fw-la super_fw-la reges_fw-la terrae_fw-la quam_fw-la roma_fw-la &_o notissimum_fw-la est_fw-la supra_fw-la septem_fw-la colle_n romam_fw-la aedificatam_fw-la esse_fw-la for_o neither_o be_v there_o any_o other_o city_n in_o st._n john_n time_n that_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o it_o be_v everywhere_o know_v that_o rome_n be_v build_v upon_o seven_o hill_n he_o affirm_v that_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o the_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n that_o babylon_n be_v rome_n and_o show_v vellenus_fw-la his_o adversary_n that_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a it_o shall_v be_v any_o thing_n else_o and_o yet_o in_o the_o same_o book_n lib._n 3._o cap._n 13._o when_o he_o come_v to_o state_n what_o babylon_n be_v in_o that_o place_n of_o the_o revelation_n revelation_n respondeo_fw-la 1o._o dici_fw-la posse_fw-la cum_fw-la augustino_n areta_n haymone_n beda_n raperto_n etc._n etc._n non_fw-la intelligi_fw-la romam_fw-la per_fw-la meretricem_fw-la sed_fw-la universam_fw-la diaboli_fw-la civitatem_fw-la quae_fw-la in_o scripturâ_fw-la saepe_fw-la voco_fw-la babylon_n bellarm._n lib._n 3._o de_fw-fr pont._n romano_n cap._n 13._o this_o be_v before_o observe_v by_o malvenda_n p._n 226._o de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la mirati_fw-la impendio_fw-la sumus_fw-la etc._n etc._n i_o do_v extreme_o wonder_v to_o find_v a_o new_a author_n i._n e._n bellarmine_n to_o think_v that_o this_o beast_n may_v be_v either_o the_o roman_a empire_n or_o 15._o bellarm._n l._n 3._o de_fw-fr pont._n c._n 15._o the_o congregation_n of_o wicked_a man_n first_o say_v he_o it_o may_v be_v say_v with_o st._n augustine_n that_o it_o be_v not_o rome_n if_o so_o eminent_a a_o person_n can_v print_v such_o a_o express_a contradiction_n in_o plain_a word_n about_o a_o opinion_n which_o he_o can_v think_v to_o be_v necessary_o certain_a and_o clear_o express_v in_o the_o text_n at_o some_o time_n and_o that_o in_o a_o book_n of_o controversy_n in_o the_o face_n of_o his_o adversary_n and_o about_o so_o very_o remarkable_a a_o matter_n it_o can_v be_v at_o all_o strange_a to_o find_v learned_a man_n bare_o differ_v from_o one_o another_o in_o a_o matter_n which_o be_v apparent_o clear_a and_o certain_a and_o that_o remarkable_a observation_n of_o the_o jesuit_n ribera_n be_v a_o great_a confirmation_n of_o this_o namely_o fornicariam_fw-la namely_o hoc_fw-la dicam_fw-la ambrose_n qui_fw-la prius_fw-la negaverat_fw-la tandem_fw-la in_o cap._n 17._o veritate_fw-la convictus_fw-la babylonem_fw-la romam_fw-la significare_fw-la confessus_fw-la est_fw-la ribera_n in_o cap._n 14._o apocalyps_n num_fw-la 30._o idem_fw-la in_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n v._n 16._o hîc_fw-la jam_fw-la nonnulli_fw-la scriptores_fw-la qui_fw-la aliter_fw-la interpretati_fw-la fuerint_fw-la veritate_fw-la ipsâ_fw-la coguntur_fw-la nobis_fw-la favere_fw-la nam_fw-la ambrose_n romam_fw-la dicit_fw-la esse_fw-la fornicariam_fw-la that_o such_o as_o have_v be_v of_o another_o mind_n in_o this_o point_n yet_o at_o last_o be_v force_v to_o change_v their_o opinion_n by_o the_o irresistible_a evidence_n of_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v a_o sufficient_a instance_n that_o man_n of_o learning_n may_v hold_v out_o awhile_o against_o the_o clear_a truth_n and_o that_o therefore_o their_o authority_n be_v not_o to_o be_v weigh_v against_o any_o conclusion_n that_o do_v otherwise_o appear_v undoubted_o clear_a to_o one_o self_n and_o to_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o judicious_a beside_o and_o now_o i_o may_v seem_v to_o have_v be_v unnecessary_o tedious_a in_o these_o last_o reflection_n but_o since_o i_o have_v find_v by_o long_a experience_n that_o the_o general_a prejudice_n to_o i_o and_o to_o most_o of_o the_o world_n beside_o against_o the_o clear_a thing_n in_o these_o vision_n be_v the_o strange_a different_a apprehension_n of_o very_a judicious_a man_n about_o they_o i_o think_v myself_o oblige_v to_o stay_v long_o enough_o upon_o the_o consideration_n of_o the_o insignificancy_n of_o that_o scruple_n to_o take_v off_o all_o the_o power_n of_o it_o for_o the_o future_a and_o this_o will_n it_o may_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v of_o great_a use_n than_o it_o may_v at_o first_o be_v apprehend_v to_o be_v after_o this_o satisfaction_n about_o babylon_n the_o subject_a of_o the_o present_a proposition_n i_o find_v at_o the_o first_o sight_n that_o what_o be_v attribute_v to_o babylon_n in_o it_o must_v be_v acknowledge_v to_o be_v unquestionable_a consent_n consent_n as_o it_o have_v also_o the_o general_a suffrage_n of_o the_o interpreter_n 1._o as_o namely_o first_o that_o it_o be_v there_o signify_v to_o be_v procon_n be_v grotius_n in_o cap._n 17._o apocal._n mulier_fw-la est_fw-la roma_fw-la sed_fw-la notandum_fw-la cum_fw-la urbe_fw-la simul_fw-la notari_fw-la imperium_fw-la vrbis_fw-la the_o woman_n be_v rome_n but_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o together_o with_o the_o city_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o city_n a_o manifest_a proof_n of_o this_o be_v the_o custom_n observe_v by_o all_o the_o governor_n of_o the_o province_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n when_o they_o return_v from_o their_o several_a government_n to_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n they_o use_v to_o lay_v down_o the_o ensign_n of_o their_o authority_n at_o the_o gate_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n before_o they_o enter_v the_o city_n lib._n ult_n de_fw-fr officio_fw-la procon_n in_o rule_n or_o to_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o empire_n for_o it_o have_v all_o the_o ensign_n of_o majesty_n 5._o chap._n 17._o v._n 1._o 3_o 4_o 5._o array_v in_o purple_a and_o scarlet_a colour_n and_o sit_v upon_o a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n interpret_v to_o be_v so_o many_o king_n and_o call_v babylon_n the_o great_a the_o great_a whore_n 2._o that_o it_o be_v a_o idolatrous_a rule_n be_v assure_v from_o the_o name_n of_o a_o harlot_n and_o a_o whore_n and_o of_o fornication_n give_v it_o which_o among_o all_o the_o prophet_n do_v common_o signify_v nothing_o else_o but_o idolatry_n and_o apostasy_n when_o speak_v of_o a_o city_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n 3._o that_o it_o be_v also_o a_o antichristian_a tyranny_n be_v plain_a from_o she_o be_v say_v to_o be_v see_v drunken_a with_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o martyr_n 6._o v._o 6._o of_o jesus_n chap._n ii_o xvii_o rev._n xvii_o the_o former_a proposition_n make_v the_o standard_n to_o judge_v what_o kind_n of_o evidence_n be_v sufficient_a to_o make_v one_o sure_a of_o the_o interpretation_n of_o any_o thing_n else_o in_o the_o prophecy_n and_o four_o rule_n of_o interpretation_n draw_v from_o it_o the_o plainness_n and_o vsefulness_n of_o they_o i_o be_v not_o so_o vain_a as_o to_o think_v i_o have_v get_v much_o by_o the_o undoubted_a certainty_n of_o the_o former_a proposition_n to_o give_v i_o any_o hope_n of_o much_o better_a satisfaction_n about_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o interpretation_n for_o in_o all_o my_o former_a perplexity_n about_o these_o thing_n i_o never_o question_v the_o certainty_n of_o this_o and_o beside_o i_o see_v this_o to_o be_v general_o acknowledge_v by_o those_o who_o yet_o differ_v from_o one_o another_o in_o almost_o every_o thing_n else_o but_o however_o since_o this_o be_v the_o only_a certain_a truth_n that_o be_v then_o know_v about_o these_o thing_n it_o
be_v necessary_a to_o inquire_v upon_o what_o general_a supposition_n it_o do_v rely_v to_o make_v it_o useful_a for_o a_o foundation_n for_o further_a advance_n according_a to_o the_o best_a method_n of_o find_v out_o unknown_a truth_n where_o the_o resolution_n of_o one_o problem_n discover_v many_o general_a theorem_n at_o the_o end_n of_o it_o very_o useful_a for_o far_a improvement_n as_o it_o be_v also_o the_o most_o easy_a sure_a and_o natural_a order_n of_o science_n from_o particular_a instance_n to_o draw_v forth_o the_o general_n rule_v suppose_v in_o they_o for_o all_o like_a case_n and_o this_o great_a advantage_n have_v we_o from_o the_o certainty_n of_o this_o particular_a instance_n that_o it_o determine_v both_o what_o kind_n or_o degree_n of_o evidence_n be_v sufficient_a to_o make_v a_o man_n sure_a of_o any_o other_o conclusion_n in_o these_o matter_n and_o also_o what_o will_v be_v sufficient_a ground_n to_o secure_v any_o that_o there_o be_v that_o degree_n of_o evidence_n in_o it_o for_o whatever_o it_o be_v that_o make_v this_o single_a truth_n appear_v to_o be_v so_o unquestionable_a must_v be_v acknowledge_v to_o be_v sufficient_a to_o secure_v the_o certainty_n of_o any_o other_o proposition_n that_o have_v the_o same_o ground_n in_o it_o and_o this_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v of_o the_o great_a importance_n in_o all_o further_a search_n into_o these_o obscurity_n to_o have_v such_o a_o criterion_n or_o standard_n of_o the_o true_a value_n of_o every_o thing_n that_o shall_v offer_v itself_o first_o then_o for_o the_o kind_a of_o evidence_n that_o from_o hence_o appear_v sufficient_a for_o one_o assurance_n of_o any_o thing_n hereafter_o it_o need_v be_v no_o great_a than_o that_o which_o make_v man_n sure_a of_o the_o meaning_n of_o any_o plain_a word_n of_o scripture_n of_o unexceptionable_a authority_n for_o of_o that_o kind_n be_v the_o certainty_n of_o this_o instance_n it_o be_v not_o a_o evidence_n ground_v upon_o the_o necessary_a connexion_n betwixt_o the_o thing_n and_o its_o essential_a property_n as_o mathematical_a demonstration_n be_v or_o such_o as_o it_o may_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v absolute_o impossible_a to_o be_v otherwise_o in_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o thing_n it_o will_v be_v hard_a to_o prove_v it_o absolute_o impossible_a from_o the_o nature_n of_o god_n veracity_n that_o he_o shall_v have_v a_o further_a mysterious_a meaning_n in_o expression_n that_o seem_v very_o plain_a to_o we_o for_o some_o great_a good_a end_n unknown_a to_o we_o but_o yet_o this_o be_v so_o contrary_a to_o his_o ordinary_a way_n of_o reveal_v his_o mind_n and_o so_o seem_o inconsistent_a with_o the_o perfection_n of_o his_o veracity_n that_o we_o can_v but_o be_v confident_a that_o he_o mean_v always_o as_o plain_o as_o he_o speak_v unless_o he_o give_v clear_a intimation_n to_o the_o contrary_a to_o assure_v we_o that_o he_o have_v a_o hide_a meaning_n either_o by_o its_o contradiction_n to_o some_o truth_n far_o more_o clear_o know_v or_o by_o the_o inconsistency_n of_o the_o plain_a sense_n of_o the_o word_n with_o that_o wherewith_o it_o be_v join_v or_o the_o like_a from_o hence_o therefore_o it_o will_v be_v expect_v that_o whatever_o extravagant_a metaphysical_a reason_n a_o man_n may_v have_v to_o doubt_v of_o it_o one_o ought_v not_o to_o scruple_n the_o certainty_n of_o any_o thing_n that_o have_v the_o same_o ground_n to_o make_v we_o sure_o of_o it_o that_o the_o several_a part_n of_o this_o proposition_n rely_v upon_o for_o that_o will_v be_v of_o equal_a force_n against_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o plain_a expression_n of_o scripture_n and_o beside_o it_o will_v have_v the_o testimony_n of_o the_o unanimous_a judgement_n of_o all_o the_o differ_a kind_n of_o party_n and_o interest_n in_o the_o world_n against_o it_o who_o we_o find_v to_o be_v all_o agree_v about_o some_o of_o the_o part_n of_o this_o proposition_n only_o from_o the_o plainness_n of_o the_o expression_n about_o they_o notwithstanding_o all_o the_o wild_a possibility_n only_o of_o their_o be_v otherwise_o mean_v wherefore_o it_o will_v be_v think_v very_o reasonable_a that_o one_o shall_v look_v upon_o the_o several_a ground_n of_o this_o present_a instance_n as_o so_o many_o general_n rule_v to_o assure_v we_o of_o the_o certainty_n of_o every_o thing_n else_o in_o these_o vision_n that_o be_v establish_v upon_o they_o for_o this_o end_n it_o may_v be_v observe_v in_o the_o first_o place_n that_o the_o chief_a ground_n for_o conclude_v babylon_n to_o be_v rome_n in_o the_o angel_n explication_n of_o it_o and_o its_o reign_n to_o be_v a_o antichristian_a tyranny_n against_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n before_o the_o explication_n of_o it_o at_o the_o 6_o verse_n be_v the_o common_a usage_n of_o the_o expression_n in_o such_o a_o determinate_a know_a signification_n especial_o when_o compare_v with_o the_o angel_n promise_n to_o explain_v the_o mystery_n with_o a_o intention_n to_o have_v it_o understand_v it_o may_v therefore_o from_o hence_o be_v establish_v that_o whatsoever_o be_v deliver_v in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n rule_v 1_o in_o expression_n of_o a_o know_a signification_n aught_o to_o be_v take_v inspire_v take_v cornel_n à_fw-la lapide_fw-la prolegomen_n in_o apocalyps_n de_fw-fr canonibus_fw-la interpretandi_fw-la of_o the_o rule_n of_o interpret_n augustinus_n lib._n 3._o de_fw-la doctrinâ_fw-la christianâ_fw-la cap._n 1._o the_o apocalypse_n and_o all_o other_o scripture_n be_v to_o be_v take_v according_a to_o the_o letter_n as_o it_o do_v ordinary_o signify_v as_o much_o as_o may_v be_v that_o be_v unless_o that_o sense_n be_v find_v to_o be_v absurd_a or_o contrary_a to_o sound_v faith_n or_o good_a manner_n ribera_n in_o cap._n 6._o apoc._n numer_n 51._o the_o propriety_n of_o the_o word_n or_o their_o proper_a literal_a signification_n be_v to_o be_v keep_v to_o when_o there_o be_v no_o clear_a reason_n against_o it_o and_o in_o cap._n 7._o numer_n 1._o because_o as_o it_o have_v be_v say_v we_o must_v not_o depart_v from_o the_o proper_a literal_a sense_n of_o the_o word_n unless_o some_o plain_a reason_n force_v we_o to_o it_o thomas_n de_fw-fr albiis_fw-la tab._n suffrag_v cap._n 17._o pag._n 230_o 231._o the_o basis_n of_o all_o other_o interpretation_n be_v the_o literal_a sense_n and_o only_o that_o which_o can_v be_v clear_a from_o the_o word_n that_o be_v which_o only_o can_v force_v the_o understanding_n to_o a_o assent_n and_o before_o the_o argument_n which_o be_v to_o convince_v one_o faith_n can_v only_o be_v fetch_v from_o the_o literal_a sense_n of_o the_o holy_a scripture_n the_o other_o sense_n since_o they_o proceed_v only_o from_o the_o wit_n of_o the_o interpreter_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o they_o have_v the_o authority_n of_o the_o interpreter_n but_o not_o of_o the_o scripture_n divine_o inspire_v as_o it_o be_v general_o use_v to_o be_v understand_v in_o the_o world_n with_o the_o like_a construction_n unless_o it_o be_v inconsistent_a with_o something_o more_o clear_o know_v and_o next_o the_o certainty_n that_o it_o be_v here_o a_o idolatrous_a state_n of_o rome_n that_o it_o be_v describe_v in_o be_v ground_v upon_o the_o necessity_n of_o a_o mystical_a sense_n of_o the_o term_n of_o harlot_n and_o whore_n here_o give_v to_o babylon_n and_o upon_o the_o know_a use_n of_o those_o term_n among_o the_o prophet_n to_o signify_v the_o idolatry_n and_o apostasy_n of_o a_o nation_n or_o city_n from_o hence_o then_o it_o may_v reasonable_o be_v require_v to_o be_v grant_v that_o where_o there_o be_v a_o necessity_n for_o a_o mystical_a sense_n that_o sense_n be_v rule_v 2_o to_o be_v take_v which_o be_v the_o most_o general_o make_v use_n of_o by_o the_o prophet_n if_o not_o inconsistent_a with_o something_o more_o clear_o know_v after_o which_o may_v very_o reasonable_o be_v urge_v that_o since_o the_o angel_n explication_n of_o the_o mystery_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o a_o very_a frequent_a use_n of_o the_o same_o peculiar_a and_o proper_a mystical_a expression_n in_o this_o prophecy_n that_o it_o can_v be_v doubt_v but_o that_o the_o same_o peculiar_a and_o proper_a expression_n do_v signify_v all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n the_o same_o thing_n which_o they_o be_v say_v to_o signify_v in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n unless_o there_o be_v something_o more_o clear_o know_v against_o it_o and_o this_o be_v a_o unquestionable_a assurance_n that_o the_o angel_n explication_n be_v give_v to_o afford_v light_n to_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o prophecy_n it_o do_v seem_v as_o clear_o to_o assure_v we_o that_o the_o same_o expression_n all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n explain_v unexplain_v rule_v 3_o and_o common_o know_v d_o o_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n unless_o there_o be_v plain_a ground_n against_o it_o these_o rule_n seem_v indeed_o to_o be_v the_o immediate_a and_o necessary_a consequence_n of_o the_o
to_o the_o pagan_a senator_n of_o rome_n when_o he_o have_v but_o a_o few_o verse_n before_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n determine_v the_o same_o word_n to_o signify_v 2._o v._o 2._o the_o king_n of_o all_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n 7._o rome_n must_v again_o be_v suppose_v in_o this_o way_n to_o have_v be_v in_o the_o height_n of_o her_o wealth_n and_o riches_n by_o which_o she_o be_v describe_v in_o her_o idolatrous_a state_n as_o deck_v with_o gold_n and_o pearl_n and_o precious_a stone_n at_o the_o time_n that_o she_o be_v burn_v by_o totila_n for_o it_o be_v say_v at_o the_o burn_a of_o she_o that_o in_o that_o one_o hour_n be_v so_o 17._o rev._n 18._o 17._o great_a riches_n bring_v to_o nought_o which_o suppose_v that_o those_o riches_n must_v be_v in_o she_o at_o the_o time_n of_o her_o desolation_n but_o this_o be_v quite_o contrary_a to_o the_o state_n of_o paganism_n in_o rome_n at_o that_o time_n who_o glory_n have_v be_v there_o lay_v in_o the_o dust_n many_o generation_n before_o 8._o how_o monstrous_a a_o force_n also_o upon_o the_o text_n must_v it_o be_v to_o make_v rome_n the_o object_n of_o the_o fierce_a wrath_n of_o god_n at_o a_o time_n when_o she_o be_v everywhere_o own_v for_o the_o queen_n of_o all_o christian_a church_n only_o for_o have_v say_v in_o her_o heart_n some_o hundred_o of_o year_n before_o in_o her_o pagan_a state_n i_o sit_v as_o a_o queen_n and_o shall_v know_v no_o sorrow_n but_o indeed_o the_o plain_a word_n do_v represent_v her_o 7._o rev._n 18._o 7._o say_n in_o her_o heart_n just_a about_o the_o time_n of_o these_o last_o plague_n upon_o she_o i_o sit_v as_o a_o queen_n etc._n etc._n which_o do_v plain_o signify_v that_o the_o rule_v state_n in_o which_o rome_n be_v to_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o last_o end_n of_o she_o be_v the_o object_n of_o this_o judgement_n and_o this_o in_o totila_n time_n be_v a_o christian_a government_n the_o boast_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christianity_n then_o under_o the_o term_n of_o sit_v as_o a_o queen_n will_v according_a to_o this_o be_v the_o reason_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o it_o under_o the_o notion_n of_o a_o pagan_a empire_n 9_o and_o what_o can_v that_o cry_n of_o the_o admirer_n of_o babylon_n v._o 18._o be_v understand_v of_o but_o of_o rome_n as_o at_o that_o time_n the_o seat_n of_o empire_n what_o be_v like_a unto_o this_o great_a city_n now_o what_o be_v the_o 19_o rev._n 18._o 19_o pagan_n in_o totila_n time_n the_o better_a for_o rome_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o a_o great_a empire_n which_o be_v contrary_a to_o their_o way_n how_o come_v they_o to_o lament_v and_o compassionate_v its_o loss_n of_o empire_n or_o how_o indeed_o do_v it_o at_o all_o lose_v of_o its_o empire_n by_o change_a prince_n or_o wherein_o be_v it_o then_o so_o great_a in_o empire_n before_o the_o burn_a it_o or_o so_o less_o after_o it_o when_o it_o have_v not_o be_v the_o imperial_a or_o royal_a seat_n for_o above_o 100_o year_n before_o that_o time_n and_o be_v by_o the_o take_n of_o it_o but_o return_v into_o the_o same_o hand_n that_o it_o have_v be_v in_o for_o near_o 50_o year_n together_o but_o ten_o year_n before_o that_o time_n and_o when_o present_o after_o it_o be_v return_v again_o into_o the_o same_o hand_n that_o it_o be_v take_v from_o within_o a_o few_o month_n after_o the_o burn_a it_o and_o be_v then_o repair_v again_o 10._o and_o this_o last_o consideration_n of_o the_o return_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n again_o to_o the_o possession_n of_o the_o city_n within_o so_o short_a a_o time_n be_v evidence_n enough_o that_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o totila_n exploit_n shall_v be_v the_o burn_a of_o babylon_n in_o this_o place_n even_o by_o a_o rule_n that_o grotius_n himself_o have_v set_v up_o about_o the_o signification_n of_o the_o word_n for_o ever_o upon_o ver_fw-la 19_o chap._n 3._o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o smoke_n of_o the_o burn_a of_o babylon_n ascend_v up_o for_o ever_o he_o say_v that_o whenever_o that_o term_n for_o ever_o be_v join_v with_o the_o destruction_n of_o a_o city_n it_o signify_v that_o it_o shall_v not_o recover_v again_o of_o a_o long_a time_n whereas_o rome_n be_v rebuilt_a the_o next_o year_n after_o the_o burn_a a_o small_a part_n of_o it_o by_o totila_n i_o will_v not_o here_o insist_v upon_o the_o signification_n of_o a_o final_a desolation_n of_o rome_n upon_o those_o emphatical_a expression_n which_o at_o first_o seem_v to_o design_n such_o a_o thing_n because_o i_o see_v all_o the_o same_o phrase_n use_v by_o the_o prophet_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o city_n as_o the_o seat_n of_o empire_n which_o yet_o continue_v considerable_a place_n after_o that_o under_o other_o ruler_n 11._o but_o that_o which_o seem_v the_o most_o inexcusable_o to_o condemn_v grotius_n fancy_n be_v that_o most_o of_o these_o expression_n concern_v the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n be_v use_v in_o the_o prophet_n for_o nothing_o but_o the_o end_n of_o a_o monarchy_n that_o enslave_v the_o church_n of_o god_n and_o which_o also_o they_o do_v of_o themselves_o most_o of_o they_o natural_o signify_v thus_o be_v the_o people_n of_o god_n command_v to_o come_v out_o of_o babylon_n just_a before_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n 45._o jer._n 50._o 8._o &_o 51._o 6_o 45._o and_o the_o expression_n itself_o do_v natural_o signify_v that_o the_o body_n of_o the_o people_n out_o of_o who_o they_o be_v to_o come_v be_v babylonian_n and_o so_o therefore_o must_v the_o chief_a body_n of_o babylon_n people_n have_v be_v idolatrous_a and_o enslaver_v of_o his_o people_n so_o also_o the_o rejoice_v over_o babylon_n at_o her_o fall_n and_o the_o call_n 29._o jer._n 50._o 14_o 48_o 29._o to_o the_o people_n of_o god_n to_o reward_n babylon_n double_a of_o what_o she_o have_v do_v to_o they_o and_o the_o riches_n of_o babylon_n at_o her_o desolation_n and_o the_o name_n of_o babylon_n the_o great_a say_v at_o that_o time_n to_o be_v destroy_v and_o her_o greatness_n admire_v by_o those_o that_o lament_v she_o at_o the_o 8._o isa_n 47._o 8._o time_n of_o her_o fall_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o have_v commit_v fornication_n with_o she_o at_o that_o time_n bewail_v she_o do_v all_o natural_o signify_v that_o babylon_n at_o the_o time_n of_o her_o desolation_n by_o fire_n be_v then_o a_o nation_n oppress_v the_o people_n of_o god_n in_o great_a splendour_n in_o that_o way_n and_o bewail_v by_o person_n who_o themselves_o have_v be_v partaker_n in_o her_o glory_n and_o so_o be_v they_o use_v by_o the_o prophet_n from_o whence_o they_o be_v fetch_v about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n it_o be_v therefore_o impossible_a that_o rome-christian_a burn_v shall_v be_v babylon_n desolate_v by_o fire_n 12._o it_o be_v also_o to_o be_v remember_v that_o the_o signification_n of_o babylon_n in_o this_o very_a prophecy_n have_v be_v already_o conclude_v to_o be_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n in_o a_o ecclesiastical_a domination_n prop._n 1._o and_o therefore_o must_v the_o fall_v of_o it_o be_v the_o last-end_n of_o that_o roman_a domination_n and_o not_o the_o last-end_n of_o the_o favourer_n of_o it_o only_o and_o then_o how_o inconsistent_a be_v it_o to_o make_v the_o burn_a of_o rome_n in_o a_o domination_n quite_o contrary_a to_o that_o church-rule_a which_o be_v call_v babylon_n to_o be_v the_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n 13._o to_o conclude_v grotius_n explication_n of_o the_o character_n of_o fall_a babylon_n do_v some_o of_o they_o suppose_v that_o rome_n at_o the_o take_v it_o by_o totila_n be_v actual_o at_o that_o time_n a_o seat_n of_o empire_n and_o the_o rest_n that_o it_o be_v a_o pagan_a city_n neither_o of_o which_o be_v true_a the_o desolation_n of_o it_o he_o understand_v only_o of_o the_o loss_n of_o the_o imperial_a majesty_n of_o it_o the_o distinction_n of_o the_o people_n of_o god_n from_o it_o and_o the_o name_n of_o babylon_n he_o interpret_v of_o its_o be_v a_o pagan_a city_n now_o rome_n have_v not_o actual_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o empire_n for_o above_o a_o hundred_o year_n before_o ravenna_n be_v the_o constant_a residence_n of_o the_o emperor_n and_o king_n of_o the_o goth_n and_o have_v leave_v off_o be_v a_o pagan_a city_n ever_o since_o the_o public_a reformation_n of_o it_o by_o constantine_n for_o a_o few_o pagan_a temple_n can_v make_v the_o contrary_a government_n of_o a_o city_n have_v the_o name_n of_o a_o pagan_a city_n here_o than_o we_o have_v a_o sufficient_a earnest_n of_o what_o grotius_n be_v capable_a of_o venture_v at_o in_o the_o interpretation_n of_o these_o vision_n and_o be_v enough_o to_o prevent_v all_o the_o danger_n of_o be_v overbear_v
in_o any_o thing_n here_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o his_o judgement_n only_o and_o the_o most_o it_o most_o cornel._n à_fw-la lapide_fw-la in_o cap._n 17._o apocalyps_n v._o 2._o exit_fw-la dictis_fw-la patet_fw-la non_fw-la esse_fw-la probabile_fw-la etc._n etc._n from_o what_o have_v be_v say_v it_o appear_v that_o it_o be_v not_o probable_a what_o a_o learned_a man_n have_v imagine_v viz._n that_o those_o thing_n which_o we_o meet_v with_o in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a chapter_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o sack_n of_o rome_n by_o alaricus_n gensericus_fw-la odoacer_n and_o totila_n for_o those_o exploit_n be_v not_o do_v by_o ten_o king_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o text_n but_o by_o single_a king_n nor_n be_v they_o so_o considerable_a as_o that_o shall_v be_v which_o be_v describe_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n that_o be_v the_o last_o and_o never-before-parallelled_a ruin_n of_o rome_n so_o also_o malvenda_n pag._n 186._o in_o cap._n 19_o v._n 9_o apocalyp_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o this_o denote_v the_o burn_a of_o babylon_n that_o be_v of_o rome_n in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n idem_fw-la pag._n 187._o equidem_fw-la si_fw-la cuncta_fw-la etc._n etc._n for_o if_o what_o the_o h._n evangelist_n have_v deliver_v from_o the_o 11_o verse_n chap._n 18._o apocal._n be_v observe_v one_o may_v see_v very_o plain_o from_o thence_o that_o john_n do_v undoubted_o prophesy_v of_o that_o state_n in_o which_o rome_n shall_v be_v about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n bellarmin_n lib._n 4._o de_fw-fr pontif._n cap._n 4._o nor_n be_v it_o any_o objection_n against_o this_o that_o rome_n be_v to_o be_v lay_v waste_n and_o burn_v according_a to_o rev._n 17._o 16._o for_o this_o will_v not_o be_v till_o about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n ribera_n in_o cap._n 18._o apoc._n v._n 21._o but_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o stone_n signify_v something_o more_o viz._n that_o babylon_n be_v to_o be_v utter_o destroy_v so_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o footstep_n of_o it_o to_o be_v see_v and_o v._o 22._o after_o this_o manner_n do_v the_o prophet_n usual_o speak_v of_o city_n that_o be_v ruin_v jerem._n 25._o malvenda_fw-la de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la pag._n 185._o the_o first_o opinion_n viz._n that_o rome_n will_v be_v a_o idolatrous_a harlot_n in_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n be_v probable_a because_o rome_n which_o be_v to_o be_v destroy_v about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n must_v be_v destroy_v for_o some_o crime_n against_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n ribera_n pag._n 455._o in_o cap._n 14._o apoc._n num_fw-la 44._o for_o that_o rome_n shall_v be_v utter_o burn_v not_o only_o for_o its_o former_a sin_n but_o also_o for_o those_o which_o it_o shall_v commit_v in_o the_o last_o time_n be_v so_o manifest_o to_o be_v know_v from_o these_o word_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n that_o the_o silly_a man_n in_o the_o world_n can_v deny_v it_o eminent_a of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n do_v also_o agree_v in_o this_o opinion_n and_o show_v it_o to_o be_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o king_n the_o alcazar_n notat_fw-la 13._o prooemial_a the_o ancient_a father_n do_v agree_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v continue_v till_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v burn_v with_o corporeal_a fire_n and_o that_o also_o by_o ten_o king_n ancient_a father_n it_o be_v a_o great_a confirmation_n of_o the_o evidence_n of_o these_o inconvenience_n against_o the_o make_n babylon_n rome-heathen_a that_o they_o have_v force_v the_o most_o judicious_a and_o ingenuous_a of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n rather_o to_o venture_v upon_o apply_v all_o to_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n in_o a_o apostasy_n from_o the_o roman_a church_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n for_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a according_a to_o the_o time_n of_o forty_o two_o month_n or_o twelve_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n assign_v for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n though_o they_o have_v thereby_o manifest_o endanger_v the_o two_o chief_a note_n of_o their_o church_n that_o be_v universality_n and_o infallibility_n for_o babylon_n must_v then_o seduce_v all_o nation_n and_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o must_v at_o least_o signify_v all_o the_o nation_n within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o must_v be_v vast_o great_a than_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n and_o then_o it_o will_v have_v the_o authority_n of_o rome_n itself_o at_o that_o time_n and_o of_o all_o its_o empire_n to_o make_v it_o a_o fallible_a and_o delude_a roman_a church_n great_a than_o any_o remain_a part_n of_o that_o church_n but_o the_o certain_a obstacle_n against_o this_o be_v first_o that_o rome_n must_v thus_o be_v suppose_v to_o get_v the_o conquest_n of_o all_o nation_n 18._o rev._n 17._o 18._o and_o of_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n within_o three_o year_n time_n for_o that_o be_v make_v to_o be_v the_o time_n of_o her_o reign_n and_o not_o only_o to_o get_v such_o a_o miraculous_a conquest_n in_o that_o time_n but_o also_o to_o make_v all_o nation_n own_o her_o idolatry_n in_o that_o space_n of_o time_n which_o must_v be_v a_o far_o great_a miracle_n than_o ever_o god_n 2._o rev._n 17._o 2._o yet_o suffer_v the_o devil_n to_o work_v in_o the_o world_n and_o that_o also_o against_o all_o the_o light_n and_o resolution_n of_o man_n conscience_n to_o the_o contrary_a which_o be_v a_o more_o difficult_a matter_n to_o bend_v against_o the_o natural_a course_n of_o it_o than_o the_o subject-matter_n of_o any_o other_o miracle_n rome_n must_v also_o by_o this_o be_v suppose_v to_o advance_v all_o merchant_n to_o a_o incredible_a stock_n of_o wealth_n and_o riches_n within_o 15._o rev._n 18._o 15._o the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a by_o foreign_a traffic_n with_o she_o for_o these_o merchant_n be_v to_o be_v all_o that_o trade_n by_o sea_n and_o the_o great_a man_n or_o prince_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o how_o monstrous_a a_o thing_n be_v this_o to_o think_v of_o foreign_a merchant_n 17._o v._o 17._o within_o so_o short_a a_o time_n when_o the_o business_n of_o but_o one_o ordinary_a voyage_n do_v take_v up_o the_o best_a part_n of_o one_o of_o those_o year_n this_o the_o chief_a author_n of_o this_o opinion_n ribera_n do_v ingenuous_o confess_v to_o be_v a_o very_a hard_a thing_n to_o imagine_v the_o manner_n of_o and_o that_o he_o himself_o do_v account_v it_o a_o wonderful_a and_o miraculous_a thing_n and_o thereby_o do_v seem_v to_o allow_v we_o the_o liberty_n of_o take_v it_o for_o a_o kind_n of_o incredible_a thing_n as_o miracle_n before_o they_o be_v do_v be_v general_o account_v to_o be_v and_o then_o this_o make_v it_o at_o least_o very_o high_o probable_a that_o the_o time_n of_o forty_o two_o month_n or_o of_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o babylon_n with_o the_o beast_n who_o carry_v she_o and_o to_o who_o seven_o head_n she_o be_v always_o fix_v must_v be_v understand_v in_o such_o a_o mystical_a sense_n as_o will_v give_v time_n enough_o for_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v describe_v to_o be_v do_v in_o that_o reign_n and_o according_a to_o the_o use_n of_o such_o part_n of_o time_n in_o a_o mystical_a sense_n among_o the_o prophet_n by_o rule_n 3._o which_o will_v make_v the_o time_n of_o babylon_n to_o begin_v many_o age_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n from_o hence_o then_o it_o appear_v that_o we_o have_v this_o encouragement_n already_o for_o our_o hope_n of_o a_o clear_a determination_n of_o the_o application_n of_o this_o prophecy_n viz._n that_o there_o be_v but_o three_o way_n yet_o pitch_v upon_o for_o the_o application_n of_o it_o that_o be_v to_o rome-pagan_a to_o rome-christian_a and_o to_o rome_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n the_o first_o of_o which_o have_v be_v find_v to_o be_v very_o absurd_a and_o the_o last_o incredible_a and_o this_o be_v a_o invite_v foretaste_a of_o the_o satisfaction_n that_o may_v be_v expect_v from_o the_o more_o orderly_a and_o cautious_a examination_n of_o the_o ground_n of_o all_o clear_a determination_n concern_v these_o vision_n chap._n iu._n xvii_o rev._n xvii_o inference_n draw_v from_o the_o former_a chapter_n to_o discover_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o three_o last_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o last_o called_z the_o beast_n a_o account_n of_o the_o author_n method_n the_o determination_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o babylon_n to_o the_o time_n after_o the_o end_n of_o rome-pagan_a which_o seem_v now_o to_o be_v unquestionable_a do_v offer_v a_o very_a fair_a light_n for_o some_o general_a discovery_n about_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o head_n which_o seem_v by_o the_o order_n of_o they_o to_o be_v design_v to_o be_v the_o clue_n to_o direct_v we_o in_o
beast_n and_o of_o the_o part_n of_o it_o signify_v dominion_n from_o the_o frequent_a use_n of_o those_o scheme_n in_o daniel_n the_o business_n of_o the_o three_o book_n be_v to_o apply_v these_o general_a notion_n to_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o to_o the_o part_n of_o it_o and_o from_o the_o know_a signification_n of_o that_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o in_o the_o prophecy_n be_v say_v to_o reign_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o from_o the_o immediate_a succession_n of_o the_o other_o two_o reign_n after_o it_o to_o determine_v the_o time_n of_o that_o particular_a state_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v by_o way_n of_o eminency_n call_v the_o beast_n alone_o by_o itself_o and_o the_o eight_o king_n and_o which_o be_v the_o great_a subject_n of_o these_o vision_n and_o then_o the_o explication_n of_o all_o the_o uncouth_a character_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o last_o finishing-work_n of_o this_o design_n in_o the_o four_o book_n and_o this_o may_v give_v the_o reader_n a_o distinct_a and_o comprehensive_a view_n of_o my_o whole_a design_n at_o once_o and_o of_o the_o order_n of_o my_o method_n towards_o it_o chap._n v._n xvii_o rev._n xvii_o the_o distinct_a notion_n of_o the_o beast_n inquire_v into_o the_o four_o proposition_n every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o those_o call_v the_o seven_o in_o general_a rev._n 17._o 10_o 11._o the_o eight_o king_n one_o of_o seven_o that_o be_v pass_v revive_v the_o five_o proposition_n every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n the_o beast_n be_v the_o beast_n under_o the_o last_o head_n the_o six_o proposition_n with_o its_o corollary_n the_o seven_o proposition_n the_o beast_n be_v a_o sovereign_a power_n of_o rome_n in_o its_o idolatrous_a antichristian_a state_n the_o foundation_n of_o all_o satisfaction_n about_o the_o certain_a time_n of_o that_o idolatrous_a reign_n of_o rome_n that_o be_v signify_v by_o babylon_n do_v seem_v to_o depend_v whole_o upon_o the_o mean_n that_o be_v offer_v from_o the_o angel_n explication_n to_o determine_v the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o appear_v all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n with_o that_o city_n as_o its_o inseparable_a companion_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v no_o other_o mean_n leave_v to_o fix_v that_o particular_a time_n but_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o three_o last_o reign_n of_o which_o seem_v to_o be_v on_o purpose_n single_v out_o from_o the_o general_a sum_n of_o the_o other_o five_o and_o to_o be_v distinct_o mention_v one_o after_o another_o for_o no_o other_o end_n but_o to_o direct_v we_o from_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o first_o of_o the_o three_o say_v then_o to_o be_v in_o rule_n when_o these_o word_n be_v speak_v and_o so_o may_v easy_o be_v know_v to_o determine_v the_o particular_a time_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o be_v make_v to_o be_v the_o next_o reign_n but_o one_o after_o that_o ruling-power_n which_o be_v then_o in_o present_a possession_n but_o before_o any_o thing_n can_v be_v well_o settle_v upon_o this_o bottom_n the_o use_n of_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v first_o sufficient_o clear_v for_o it_o seem_v to_o have_v a_o ambiguous_a signification_n in_o it_o which_o may_v defeat_v all_o our_o hope_n of_o fix_v it_o to_o any_o determinate_a meaning_n sometime_o it_o seem_v to_o signify_v a_o thing_n common_a to_o all_o the_o seven_o head_n when_o it_o be_v represent_v as_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o they_o all_o in_o their_o several_a successive_a reign_n and_o sometime_o it_o seem_v to_o signify_v nothing_o but_o one_o of_o its_o head_n in_o distinction_n to_o all_o the_o rest_n wherefore_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o first_o thing_n that_o be_v to_o be_v inquire_v after_o whether_o there_o can_v be_v any_o determinate_a and_o fix_a signification_n settle_v upon_o the_o use_n of_o this_o expression_n and_o the_o fear_n of_o mistake_v in_o so_o fundamental_a a_o point_n make_v i_o think_v it_o necessary_a to_o be_v very_o cautious_a of_o every_o step_n i_o make_v in_o it_o and_o to_o have_v a_o distinct_a comprehension_n of_o it_o before_o i_o settle_v myself_o upon_o it_o for_o this_o purpose_n i_o find_v it_o requisite_a to_o begin_v with_o this_o proposition_n as_o the_o ground_n of_o all_o that_o be_v to_o follow_v every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n reckon_v up_o in_o order_n rev._n 17._o 4._o proposit_n 4._o 10_o 11._o be_v one_o of_o those_o call_v the_o seven_o king_n in_o general_a v._o 10._o nothing_o can_v well_o be_v more_o plain_o signify_v than_o this_o in_o the_o text_n after_o this_o manner_n they_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v fall_v one_o 11._o rev._n 17._o 10_o 11._o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o when_o he_o come_v must_v continue_v a_o short_a space_n and_o the_o eight_o be_v of_o the_o seven_o what_o can_v more_o plain_o signify_v the_o part_n the_o whole_a sum_n of_o the_o seven_o king_n mention_v just_o before_o into_o five_o and_o one_o and_o the_o other_o and_o a_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o those_o seven_o for_o who_o will_v ever_o understand_v those_o word_n otherwise_o than_o in_o this_o plain_a sense_n they_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o of_o which_o seven_o be_v fall_v one_o of_o they_o be_v the_o other_o of_o the_o seven_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v etc._n etc._n and_o there_o be_v a_o eight_o who_o yet_o be_v one_o of_o those_o seven_o before_o mention_v so_o that_o every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o and_o therefore_o can_v there_o be_v but_o seven_o king_n in_o all_o this_o indeed_o seem_v to_o be_v so_o very_o plain_a and_o necessary_a that_o it_o may_v be_v wonder_v why_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v rather_o suppose_v than_o endeavour_v to_o be_v prove_v since_o there_o seem_v to_o be_v no_o manner_n of_o ground_n for_o a_o doubt_n about_o it_o but_o only_o upon_o the_o account_n of_o the_o eight_o king_n who_o yet_o to_o make_v all_o clear_a be_v say_v express_o to_o be_v a_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o and_o be_v so_o grant_v to_o be_v without_o dispute_n but_o yet_o it_o be_v think_v needful_a to_o secure_v this_o by_o these_o reflection_n upon_o it_o because_o there_o be_v a_o considerable_a authority_n against_o it_o in_o defence_n of_o a_o particular_a hypothesis_n that_o which_o be_v allege_v from_o the_o text_n to_o make_v it_o capable_a of_o another_o sense_n be_v apoc._n be_v dr._n more_o vol._n 1._o p._n 647._o brightman_n in_o v._o 10._o c._n 17._o apoc._n that_o the_o seven_o king_n in_o the_o order_n be_v call_v the_o other_o and_o not_o the_o seven_o and_o that_o therefore_o he_o may_v be_v a_o king_n of_o a_o different_a nature_n from_o those_o seven_o king_n which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n because_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o greek_a signify_v sometime_o a_o thing_n of_o another_o nature_n and_o that_o to_o make_v up_o the_o number_n of_o those_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n the_o 8_o be_v say_v to_o be_v one_o of_o those_o seven_o but_o it_o be_v plain_a enough_o that_o the_o other_o in_o that_o place_n denote_v no_o new_a quality_n in_o the_o seven_o king_n but_o only_o refer_v to_o the_o signification_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o king_n just_a before_o he_o who_o be_v call_v one_o and_o that_o king_n be_v call_v one_o by_o a_o very_a proper_a and_o familiar_a way_n of_o speech_n without_o any_o ground_n for_o the_o least_o mystery_n in_o it_o such_o as_o this_o follow_v will_v now_o be_v account_v the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v past_a one_o be_v at_o this_o present_a after_o which_o will_v very_o natural_o follow_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v that_o be_v the_o other_o of_o the_o seven_o which_o be_v a_o usual_a and_o ordinary_a way_n of_o speak_v if_o not_o more_o proper_a than_o to_o say_v five_o be_v past_a the_o six_o be_v at_o present_a and_o the_o seven_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o certain_o the_o seven_o will_v in_o the_o latter_a example_n appear_v to_o be_v nothing_o but_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o king_n who_o have_v at_o first_o be_v call_v the_o seven_o head_n when_o with_o this_o we_o consider_v there_o be_v mention_v here_o make_v of_o a_o 8_o can_v any_o thing_n be_v more_o manifest_a than_o that_o the_o other_o just_a before_o it_o be_v as_o certain_o the_o seven_o as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v express_o so_o call_v and_o that_o the_o one_o before_o that_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o 6_o and_o then_o of_o what_o can_v they_o possible_o be_v the_o six_o or_o the_o seven_o but_o of_o those_o seven_o king_n which_o be_v just_a
prop._n 6._o or_o remove_v the_o city_n from_o the_o seven_o hill_n upon_o which_o it_o be_v build_v and_o therefore_o be_v it_o plain_o impossible_a for_o the_o beast_n not_o to_o be_v the_o sovereign_a power_n of_o rome_n all_o over_o the_o 17_o chapter_n 2._o and_o that_o also_o show_v that_o the_o beast_n exercise_v this_o power_n over_o rome_n in_o its_o idolatrous_a antichristian_a state_n because_o babylon_n be_v but_o in_o that_o one_o state_n all_o over_o that_o chapter_n prop._n 1._o and_o rule_n 3_o and_o the_o first_o show_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o which_o all_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o feast_n afterward_o do_v relate_v by_o a_o note_n of_o reference_n to_o that_o have_v a_o woman_n ride_v upon_o he_o in_o all_o that_o antichristian_a state_n which_o be_v her_o character_n everywhere_o else_o this_o be_v so_o plain_o signify_v that_o it_o be_v as_o unanimous_o consent_v to_o empire_n to_o alcazar_n in_o cap._n 13._o apoc._n sect_n 5._o auctores_fw-la omnes_fw-la qui_fw-la romam_fw-la ethnicam_fw-la etc._n etc._n all_o author_n who_o judge_v rome-heathen_a to_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o name_n of_o babylon_n make_v the_o beast_n everywhere_o to_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n and_o even_o those_o who_o interpret_v the_o beast_n to_o signify_v the_o whole_a multitude_n of_o wicked_a man_n understand_v it_o of_o the_o wicked_a roman_n not_o of_o those_o in_o america_n or_o out_o of_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n by_o all_o sort_n of_o interpreter_n as_o to_o almost_o any_o thing_n that_o be_v say_v of_o these_o thing_n consent_n consent_n emperor_n a_o all_z the_o maintainer_n of_o the_o second_o opinion_n which_o be_v the_o generality_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n with_o the_o father_n do_v all_o make_v the_o beast_n to_o be_v the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n as_o the_o last_o head_n alcazar_n in_o cap._n 13._o apoc._n sect_n 5._o two_o qui_fw-la bestiam_fw-la antichristum_n esse_fw-la volunt_fw-la eum_fw-la constituunt_fw-la ultimum_fw-la esse_fw-la romanorum_fw-la imperatorum_fw-la those_o who_o make_v the_o beast_n to_o be_v antichrist_n affirm_v he_o to_o be_v the_o last_o of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n chap._n vi_o xvii_o rev._n xvii_o manifest_a ground_n for_o a_o strong_a presumption_n that_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v signify_v the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o the_o beast_n all_o over_o the_o revelation_n the_o mention_n of_o it_o in_o the_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n every_o way_n parallel_n for_o a_o more_o full_a and_o determinate_a knowledge_n of_o the_o nature_n and_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n so_o often_o mention_v in_o these_o vision_n it_o be_v very_o necessary_a to_o examine_v whether_o every_o show_n of_o it_o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o state_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o without_o some_o assurance_n of_o that_o all_o our_o knowledge_n of_o this_o kind_n will_v be_v confine_v to_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o 17_o chapter_n it_o be_v true_a that_o by_o rule_n 3._o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o same_o peculiar_a mystical_a expression_n there_o be_v great_a reason_n to_o judge_v that_o it_o signify_v everywhere_o the_o same_o thing_n but_o there_o seem_v to_o be_v plain_a ground_n give_v we_o to_o suspect_v the_o contrary_a for_o there_o be_v several_a different_a show_n of_o it_o as_o if_o it_o be_v purposely_o design_v to_o warn_v we_o thereby_o that_o they_o be_v so_o many_o new_a state_n of_o the_o beast_n according_a to_o the_o variety_n of_o the_o succession_n of_o his_o head_n wherefore_o in_o search_n of_o a_o more_o large_a and_o comprehensive_a knowledge_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n one_o will_v be_v extreme_o desirous_a to_o find_v that_o every_o mention_n of_o the_o same_o term_n in_o all_o the_o other_o chapter_n do_v real_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n for_o thereby_o we_o shall_v have_v a_o great_a many_o more_o property_n and_o circumstance_n to_o judge_v of_o he_o and_o to_o determine_v his_o particular_a signification_n the_o more_o mark_n that_o one_o have_v of_o a_o beast_n the_o more_o easy_a will_v it_o be_v to_o find_v he_o and_o to_o distinguish_v he_o from_o all_o other_o that_o may_v resemble_v he_o the_o place_n where_o it_o will_v be_v judge_v to_o be_v the_o most_o likely_a to_o find_v the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n with_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n be_v the_o chapter_n just_a before_o and_o after_o the_o 17_o and_o to_o they_o be_v we_o therefore_o direct_v for_o our_o first_o beginning_n in_o this_o search_n and_o first_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o beast_n after_o the_o 17_o chapter_n will_v be_v conclude_v can_v be_v nothing_o else_o but_o the_o continuation_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o same_o beast_n that_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n for_o we_o find_v no_o mention_n make_v of_o any_o other_o beast_n or_o of_o any_o new_a show_n of_o a_o beast_n betwixt_o the_o 17_o chapter_n and_o the_o 19_o where_o we_o see_v the_o beast_n bring_v upon_o the_o stage_n again_o and_o who_o will_v not_o thereupon_o conclude_v that_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 19_o chapter_n with_o that_o note_n of_o reference_n before_o it_o do_v certain_o signify_v the_o beast_n that_o have_v be_v last_o discourse_v of_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n before_o it_o and_o therefore_o be_v this_o unanimous_o agree_v on_o among_o all_o interpreter_n that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o beast_n in_o both_o place_n as_o to_o the_o general_a notion_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o in_o that_o sense_n also_o be_v it_o grant_v to_o be_v the_o same_o beast_n in_o the_o chapter_n before_o the_o 17_o for_o it_o do_v indeed_o necessary_o follow_v from_o the_o former_a because_o the_o beast_n before_o the_o 17_o must_v be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o after_o it_o for_o they_o have_v both_o the_o same_o peculiar_a attendant_n the_o false_a prophet_n with_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o mark_n of_o it_o and_o therefore_o do_v grotius_n with_o one_o or_o two_o more_o give_v general_a and_o comprehensive_a notion_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o false_a prophet_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v the_o same_o in_o all_o kind_n of_o state_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o one_o he_o call_v idolatry_n and_o the_o other_o magic_n but_o withal_o apply_v these_o general_a notion_n to_o very_o different_a thing_n in_o particular_a in_o those_o several_a mention_n of_o the_o beast_n before_o and_o after_o the_o 17_o chapter_n so_o that_o in_o effect_n he_o still_o make_v the_o beast_n and_o false_a prophet_n in_o one_o place_n quite_o different_a thing_n in_o particular_a than_o they_o be_v in_o the_o other_o and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n to_o be_v as_o different_a a_o thing_n from_o either_o of_o they_o he_o will_v have_v these_o several_a mention_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v so_o many_o several_a state_n of_o it_o sometime_o under_o ten_o king_n and_o seven_o emperor_n signify_v by_o so_o many_o head_n and_o horn_n sometime_o to_o be_v but_o one_o emperor_n and_o then_o to_o be_v the_o beast_n with_o one_o head_n only_o and_o sometime_o to_o be_v the_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n only_o without_o any_o of_o its_o seven_o head_n but_o since_o there_o be_v little_a reason_n give_v for_o the_o proof_n of_o this_o but_o only_o the_o divers_a show_n of_o the_o beast_n it_o must_v be_v very_o hard_a for_o any_o that_o be_v the_o least_o impartial_a to_o shut_v his_o eye_n against_o so_o many_o instance_n of_o a_o exact_a likeness_n and_o uniformity_n in_o very_o particular_a character_n in_o each_o of_o the_o several_a mention_n of_o these_o beast_n that_o will_v strong_o persuade_v a_o man_n that_o it_o be_v impossible_a but_o that_o they_o shall_v signify_v one_o and_o the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o beast_n especial_o when_o he_o consider_v that_o the_o angel_n do_v very_o manifest_o intend_v that_o these_o vision_n shall_v be_v understand_v and_o after_o such_o a_o manner_n as_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o world_n will_v conclude_v from_o the_o expression_n in_o they_o where_o there_o be_v any_o plain_a ground_n for_o it_o for_o example_n it_o have_v be_v already_o agree_v xvii_o rev._n xiii_o &_o xvii_o that_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v signify_v the_o same_o thing_n at_o least_o in_o general_n before_o in_o and_o after_o the_o 17_o chapter_n and_o in_o every_o of_o those_o place_n he_o be_v certain_o in_o a_o particular_a state_n by_o the_o praece_v pag._n praece_v particular_a action_n and_o character_n that_o be_v give_v he_o now_o will_v any_o one_o question_n whether_o the_o beast_n be_v in_o one_o particular_a state_n of_o his_o head_n and_o horn_n in_o these_o several_a place_n when_o there_o be_v these_o particular_a circumstance_n and_o character_n that_o follow_v which_o be_v the_o same_o in_o
interpose_v of_o the_o interpretation_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n come_v in_o the_o continuation_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o same_o babylon_n and_o beast_n that_o have_v be_v break_v off_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 16_o chapter_n and_o be_v carry_v on_o to_o the_o last_o end_n of_o they_o both_o in_o the_o 18_o and_o 19_o chapter_n this_o do_v very_o plain_o show_v that_o the_o 17_o chapter_n come_v in_o only_a to_o interpret_v those_o mystical_a expression_n in_o the_o chapter_n before_o it_o by_o a_o new_a representation_n of_o the_o same_o beast_n and_o of_o the_o same_o babylon_n that_o have_v be_v the_o great_a subject_a just_a before_o discourse_v of_o now_o it_o be_v already_o assure_v that_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n signify_v but_o one_o particular_a state_n of_o it_o under_o its_o last_o rule_v head_n prop._n 6._o and_o therefore_o if_o it_o be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o mention_v in_o the_o other_o chapter_n that_o beast_n also_o must_v be_v the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o it_o under_o its_o last_n head_n to_o secure_v we_o also_o still_o further_o in_o the_o assurance_n of_o this_o there_o be_v consent_n consent_n beast_n consent_n certum_fw-la namque_fw-la est_fw-la maris_fw-la bestiam_fw-la de_fw-la quâ_fw-la in_o hoc_fw-la cap._n sc_n cap._n 13._o et_fw-la bestiam_fw-la illam_fw-la cvi_fw-la babylon_n insidet_fw-la cap._n 17._o unam_fw-la eandemque_fw-la esse_fw-la ut_fw-la disere_fw-la hieronymus_n for_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v say_v to_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n in_o this_o chapter_n that_o be_v the_o 13_o chapter_n and_o that_o beast_n upon_o which_o babylon_n sit_v in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n be_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o beast_n the_o general_a consent_n of_o all_o those_o who_o great_a interest_n it_o may_v be_v to_o confound_v all_o the_o signification_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o who_o can_v have_v no_o manner_n of_o interest_n to_o affirm_v it_o almost_o unanimous_o agree_v that_o the_o beast_n be_v all_o over_o these_o vision_n but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o particular_a time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o 8_o king_n thing_n king_n those_o of_o the_o second_o opinion_n who_o take_v the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n for_o antichrist_n and_o that_o in_o the_o 17_o for_o the_o devil_n yet_o they_o interpret_v it_o to_o be_v the_o devil_n inspire_v antichrist_n which_o be_v much_o the_o same_o thing_n though_o they_o join_v the_o seven_o with_o he_o which_o be_v a_o very_a considerable_a testimony_n of_o the_o evidence_n that_o there_o be_v for_o it_o in_o the_o text._n 17._o alcasar_n in_o cap._n 13._o apoc._n sect_n 5._o &_o postea_fw-la in_o cap._n 17._o chap._n vii_o xvii_o rev._n xiii_o &_o xvii_o further_o attempt_v to_o be_v demonstrate_v that_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n be_v the_o same_o particular_a thing_n the_o 8_o and_o 9th_o proposition_n together_o with_o their_o corollary_n the_o strength_n of_o this_o demonstration_n the_o beast_n his_o image_n mark_v number_n name_n in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n and_o everywhere_o else_o define_v and_o distinguish_v from_o the_o second_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n the_o evidence_n that_o have_v be_v insist_v upon_o in_o the_o former_a chapter_n be_v of_o the_o nature_n of_o that_o accumulative_a proof_n which_o in_o court_n of_o judicature_n do_v determine_v the_o best_a and_o wise_a man_n about_o the_o near_a interest_n of_o man_n in_o this_o world_n but_o notwithstanding_o so_o strange_a a_o concurrence_n of_o such_o peculiar_a circumstance_n in_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n yet_o grotius_n do_v make_v they_o to_o be_v very_o distinct_a state_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n and_o therefore_o it_o will_v be_v requisite_a to_o search_v for_o a_o more_o cogent_a and_o convince_a proof_n that_o they_o must_v both_o necessary_o be_v the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o one_o only_a of_o the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o consequence_n of_o mistake_v in_o this_o search_n be_v no_o less_o than_o the_o fall_n into_o confusion_n about_o the_o first_o ground_n of_o all_o clear_a knowledge_n of_o these_o thing_n which_o will_v multiply_v into_o infinite_a error_n in_o the_o reason_n upon_o they_o it_o be_v therefore_o necessary_a to_o use_v the_o great_a circumspection_n in_o it_o and_o to_o advance_v in_o it_o but_o by_o such_o short_a step_n as_o we_o may_v clear_o see_v that_o we_o tread_v firm_a and_o sure_a in_o all_o the_o way_n towards_o it_o and_o in_o this_o design_n that_o which_o be_v first_o to_o be_v clear_v be_v that_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n all_o over_o the_o 13_o chapter_n do_v signify_v 8._o proposit_n 8._o only_o the_o first_o beast_n show_v v._o 1._o this_o seem_v to_o be_v sufficient_o evident_a for_o there_o be_v no_o mention_n of_o any_o other_o beast_n beside_o in_o that_o chapter_n but_o of_o the_o second_o beast_n and_o that_o it_o can_v signify_v the_o second_o beast_n either_o before_o or_o after_o the_o first_o mention_n of_o that_o beast_n there_o may_v thus_o be_v show_v in_o order_n 1._o that_o it_o signify_v nothing_o else_o before_o the_o mention_n of_o that_o beast_n be_v agree_v by_o all_o because_o there_o be_v no_o other_o beast_n before_o that_o second_o that_o it_o can_v signify_v and_o four_o time_n be_v it_o so_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n without_o any_o other_o addition_n and_o twice_o be_v it_o say_v that_o all_o the_o world_n or_o the_o earth_n do_v worship_v he_o before_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n 2._o and_o that_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v signify_v the_o first_o beast_n also_o after_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o second_o be_v certain_a enough_o for_o though_o thrice_o after_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n the_o first_o have_v a_o note_n of_o distinction_n add_v to_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o the_o first_o beast_n and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v deadly_o wound_v etc._n etc._n yet_o when_o that_o term_n have_v no_o note_n of_o distinction_n add_v to_o it_o it_o do_v also_o signify_v the_o first_o beast_n as_o distinguish_v from_o the_o second_o so_o v._n 14._o where_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o second_o beast_n that_o he_o have_v power_n to_o do_v miracle_n in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o beast_n it_o be_v unquestionable_a that_o by_o the_o beast_n be_v mean_v the_o first_o beast_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n be_v the_o second_o beast_n bring_v in_o after_o as_o employ_v about_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n where_o it_o be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o several_a mention_n of_o the_o beast_n by_o the_o name_n of_o he_o as_o the_o agent_n about_o something_o that_o have_v the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n join_v with_o it_o for_o example_n he_o give_v life_n to_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o in_o the_o verse_n before_o 15._o v._o 15._o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o image_n make_v to_o the_o first_o beast_n he_o make_v all_o man_n receive_v the_o mark_n and_o name_n and_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o 16._o v._o 16._o beast_n which_o beast_n all_o the_o world_n will_v understand_v in_o common_a construction_n of_o speech_n to_o signify_v a_o beast_n different_a from_o he_o who_o do_v all_o these_o thing_n about_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o more_o especial_o when_o it_o be_v find_v that_o this_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n have_v four_o time_n 4._o chap._n 13._o v._n 2_o 3_o 4._o before_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n in_o the_o same_o chapter_n be_v use_v to_o signify_v the_o first_o beast_n and_o once_o at_o least_o after_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n without_o any_o dispute_n about_o it_o and_o have_v 14._o v._o 14._o be_v often_o mention_v after_o the_o second_o beast_n with_o some_o other_o addition_n to_o it_o and_o yet_o the_o second_o beast_n have_v never_o be_v clear_o intimate_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n after_o the_o first_o mention_n of_o its_o rise_n but_o in_o every_o verse_n after_o that_o be_v signify_v in_o the_o original_a only_o by_o a_o verb_n in_o the_o three_o person_n as_o act_v in_o the_o affair_n of_o that_o which_o be_v call_v the_o beast_n which_o must_v therefore_o certain_o be_v some_o other_o beast_n that_o be_v refer_v to_o by_o that_o article_n of_o reference_n as_o distinct_a from_o he_o and_o as_o before_o know_v and_o mention_v wherefore_o by_o rule_n 1_o and_o 3._o the_o beast_n must_v all_o over_o the_o 13_o chapter_n signify_v the_o first_o beast_n and_o therefore_o by_o the_o term_n of_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o mark_n name_n and_o number_n corollar_n 1_o of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n must_v
name_n of_o king_n be_v give_v to_o moses_n and_o the_o judge_n of_o the_o israelite_n and_o further_o that_o this_o six_o king_n can_v be_v any_o single_a ruler_n or_o emperor_n which_o be_v the_o chief_a thing_n pretend_v to_o by_o those_o who_o will_v not_o have_v it_o to_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n be_v most_o evident_a from_o this_o follow_a consideration_n viz._n that_o then_o the_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v the_o beast_n will_v have_v be_v the_o next_o single_a emperor_n but_o one_o after_o he_o for_o the_o three_o last_o king_n do_v immediate_o succeed_v one_o another_o by_o prop._n praece_v and_o then_o all_o the_o character_n and_o attendant_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v have_v be_v find_v verify_v of_o the_o next_o emperor_n but_o one_o after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o by_o prop._n the_o 6_o corol._n 2._o prop._n 10._o the_o beast_n in_o all_o the_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o it_o under_o one_o of_o its_o head_n there_o must_v then_o have_v be_v ten_o king_n that_o have_v no_o kingdom_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n who_o be_v yet_o such_o master_n of_o so_o many_o kingdom_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o next_o emperor_n but_o one_o to_o it_o as_o that_o they_o shall_v give_v their_o kingdom_n to_o that_o emperor_n rev._n 17._o 12_o 13._o rome_n must_v also_o have_v be_v so_o burn_v with_o fire_n that_o it_o must_v have_v be_v final_o ruin_v and_o have_v have_v all_o sovereignty_n take_v from_o it_o in_o the_o time_n of_o that_o emperor_n v._o 16._o but_o in_o history_n we_o meet_v with_o 3._o prop._n 3._o nothing_o like_o to_o this_o much_o less_o be_v there_o any_o account_n from_o history_n of_o the_o overcome_a of_o any_o emperor_n of_o rome_n by_o the_o christian_n 14._o v._o 14._o of_o those_o day_n nor_o that_o any_o ten_o king_n confederate_v with_o that_o emperor_n be_v conquer_v by_o they_o nor_o of_o any_o such_o emperor_n that_o be_v destroy_v by_o the_o army_n of_o christ_n so_o that_o upon_o his_o 4._o rev._n 19_o 19_o 20._o rev._n 20._o 4._o death_n there_o be_v any_o such_o glorious_a reign_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n over_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n as_o be_v describe_v immeate_o to_o succeed_v it_o but_o history_n be_v very_o full_a of_o the_o account_n of_o the_o afflict_a and_o persecute_a state_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n in_o those_o time_n which_o be_v quite_o contrary_a to_o that_o glorious_a description_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n immediate_o after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n beside_o that_o it_o have_v be_v prove_v that_o that_o beast_n be_v to_o continue_v till_o the_o second_o come_n of_o christ_n corol._n 1._o prop._n 12._o this_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v well_o enough_o observe_v by_o those_o who_o will_v have_v the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n to_o signify_v a_o single_a emperor_n and_o therefore_o to_o evade_v those_o confequence_n they_o be_v grotius_n grotius_n force_v to_o make_v two_o or_o three_o distinct_a state_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n at_o the_o several_a mention_n of_o he_o in_o chap._n 13._o chap._n 17._o chap._n 19_o but_o how_o evident_a it_o be_v that_o all_o the_o mention_n of_o that_o beast_n all_o over_o the_o revelation_n do_v signify_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o state_n of_o he_o under_o his_o last_o head_n may_v be_v see_v by_o the_o whole_a process_n of_o the_o demonstration_n of_o the_o 6_o seven_o 8_o 9th_o 10_o proposition_n the_o six_o king_n or_o head_n must_v therefore_o necessary_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n of_o rome_n it_o be_v then_o unquestionable_a that_o the_o beast_n call_v the_o eight_o king_n be_v that_o change_n of_o roman_a government_n 20._o prop._n 20._o which_o be_v next_o but_o one_o to_o the_o imperial_a government_n of_o rome_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o eight_o in_o immediate_a succession_n to_o the_o six_o which_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n prop._n 19_o and_o it_o be_v the_o beast_n under_o one_o of_o its_o head_n which_o signify_v supreme_a government_n under_o the_o successive_a reign_n of_o many_o single_a person_n in_o that_o government_n prop._n 16._o therefore_o must_v the_o beast_n be_v the_o next_o roman_a government_n but_o one_o to_o the_o imperial_a that_o rule_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n by_o the_o precede_a proposition_n it_o appear_v what_o absurdity_n and_o inconsistency_n they_o must_v fall_v into_o who_o will_v have_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n pass_v over_o almost_o as_o soon_o as_o it_o begin_v one_o will_v think_v that_o there_o must_v be_v some_o great_a necessity_n that_o do_v force_n to_o these_o strait_n but_o the_o chief_a thing_n that_o be_v allege_v for_o it_o from_o this_o prophecy_n be_v that_o at_o the_o begin_n of_o it_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o thing_n be_v short_o to_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o the_o time_n be_v at_o hand_n and_o again_o at_o the_o end_n of_o it_o also_o that_o they_o be_v thing_n which_o must_v short_o be_v do_v and_o that_o the_o book_n shall_v not_o be_v seal_v because_o the_o time_n be_v at_o hand_n but_o these_o thing_n have_v already_o be_v sufficient_o consider_v pag._n 114._o and_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o familiar_a in_o speech_n than_o to_o say_v of_o thing_n that_o require_v a_o great_a deal_n of_o time_n for_o the_o finish_v they_o that_o they_o d_o will_v short_o be_v instead_o of_o they_o reference_n see_v reference_n will_v short_o begin_v to_o be_v as_o one_o may_v say_v at_o easter_n all_o the_o summer_n work_n will_v short_o be_v upon_o we_o this_o play_n will_v be_v act_v present_o though_o it_o be_v five_o hour_n in_o act_v so_o about_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n all_o thing_n foretell_v of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o messiah_n will_v short_o come_v to_o pass_v all_o the_o pretend_a necessity_n then_o come_v now_o to_o be_v none_o at_o all_o grotius_n can_v not_o have_v reflect_v more_o upon_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o most_o eminent_a of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n than_o to_o think_v it_o to_o be_v so_o plain_a that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v long_o since_o past_a from_o such_o obvious_a ground_n as_o these_o and_o yet_o that_o this_o shall_v never_o be_v find_v out_o by_o the_o most_o judicious_a of_o they_o for_o it_o will_v save_v they_o all_o that_o trouble_n that_o they_o have_v to_o make_v it_o out_o that_o their_o present_a church_n be_v not_o concern_v in_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o which_o there_o will_v be_v no_o difficulty_n if_o it_o be_v so_o plain_a that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v long_o since_o past_a and_o beside_o it_o will_v keep_v they_o from_o grant_v so_o much_o as_o they_o do_v to_o the_o disadvantage_n of_o their_o cause_n whereas_o in_o a_o concern_n of_o this_o nature_n it_o be_v very_o unsafe_a to_o yield_v to_o any_o thing_n but_o what_o be_v necessary_a to_o be_v grant_v especial_o since_o what_o they_o do_v yield_v to_o do_v force_v they_o to_o such_o contradiction_n to_o what_o they_o allow_v to_o be_v the_o know_a signification_n of_o a_o beast_n and_o its_o head_n or_o horn_n in_o other_o place_n as_o we_o see_v in_o ribera_n etc._n etc._n or_o to_o matter_n of_o fact_n as_o shall_v be_v make_v to_o appear_v against_o bellarmin_n prop._n 22._o who_o have_v grant_v so_o far_o as_o he_o have_v lay_v the_o whole_a stress_n of_o the_o controversy_n betwixt_o we_o upon_o the_o truth_n of_o history_n chap._n iii_o xvii_o rev._n xvii_o the_o 21_o proposition_n what_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v in_o distinction_n to_o a_o horn._n this_o determine_v by_o eleven_o argument_n what_o demonstrate_v a_o head_n to_o be_v at_o a_o end_n the_o six_o head_n at_o a_o end_n when_o another_o government_n be_v own_v at_o rome_n in_o the_o place_n of_o it_o to_o take_v away_o all_o dispute_n that_o may_v arise_v about_o the_o distinguish_a character_n of_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o head_n when_o there_o be_v ten_o kingdom_n to_o appear_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n at_o the_o same_o time_n signify_v by_o the_o ten_o horn_n this_o follow_a proposition_n be_v to_o distinguish_v a_o head_n from_o a_o horn._n a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v that_o settle_a sovereign_a power_n of_o the_o roman_n 21._o prop._n 21._o who_o authority_n be_v own_v to_o be_v supreme_a by_o the_o government_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n 1._o that_o it_o must_v be_v a_o settle_a sovereign_a power_n be_v confirm_v from_o all_o the_o example_n of_o daniel_n where_o there_o be_v no_o head_n or_o horn_n to_o signify_v the_o rule_v power_n of_o a_o
monarchy_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o unsettle_a confusion_n of_o a_o nation_n as_o particular_o the_o time_n of_o the_o magi_n in_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n have_v nothing_o to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o the_o rest_n of_o it_o nor_o the_o time_n of_o the_o confuse_a scuffle_n of_o alexander_n captain_n after_o his_o death_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o 8_o chapter_n where_o there_o be_v no_o mention_n of_o any_o change_n of_o horn_n after_o the_o first_o great_a one_o till_o the_o rise_n of_o those_o four_o which_o do_v signify_v the_o four_o settle_a kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n and_o next_o 2._o that_o a_o head_n of_o a_o beast_n must_v be_v that_o roman_a power_n who_o authority_n be_v own_v to_o be_v supreme_a by_o the_o chief_a government_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n one_o will_v think_v be_v sufficient_o evident_a by_o the_o interpretation_n that_o the_o angel_n himself_o have_v give_v of_o the_o signification_n of_o the_o seven_o head_n for_o the_o same_o seven_o head_n which_o he_o interpret_v 1._o 1._o to_o be_v seven_o king_n of_o the_o roman_n do_v also_o signify_v the_o seven_o hill_n of_o rome_n to_o which_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v inseparable_o tie_v which_o do_v very_o plain_o signify_v that_o all_o the_o seven_o king_n be_v king_n of_o the_o seven_o hill_n or_o of_o that_o city_n which_o those_o hill_n do_v signify_v what_o can_v be_v more_o close_o join_v together_o in_o a_o prophetical_a scheme_n to_o show_v they_o to_o be_v inseparable_a companion_n than_o to_o make_v both_o king_n and_o city_n to_o be_v represent_v by_o the_o very_a same_o figure_n and_o therefore_o do_v it_o seem_v to_o be_v so_o very_o extravagant_a etc._n ribera_n etc._n etc._n a_o opinion_n of_o some_o to_o make_v the_o first_o five_o of_o these_o head_n to_o be_v perfect_a stranger_n to_o the_o roman_n and_o their_o affair_n neither_o bellarmin_n nor_o grotius_n himself_o can_v have_v the_o confidence_n to_o assert_v this_o though_o it_o will_v have_v serve_v their_o purpose_n better_o than_o any_o of_o those_o other_o strange_a supposition_n that_o they_o have_v advance_v to_o answer_v their_o adversary_n 2._o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n be_v set_v out_o by_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o seven_o head_n by_o prop._n 15_o and_o 16._o and_o then_o the_o seven_o head_n be_v interpret_v to_o signify_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n do_v plain_o determine_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n to_o be_v the_o royal_a seat_n of_o that_o monarchy_n during_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o it_o the_o reign_n therefore_o of_o every_o head_n must_v necessary_o go_v along_o with_o the_o authority_n of_o that_o city_n 3._o no_o other_o empire_n whatsoever_o in_o all_o the_o figure_n of_o daniel_n be_v so_o set_v out_o by_o its_o chief_a city_n as_o this_o of_o the_o roman_n be_v so_o that_o the_o addition_n of_o the_o seven_o hill_n to_o this_o beast_n do_v more_o inseparable_o tie_v the_o sovereign_a authority_n of_o the_o empire_n to_o this_o particular_a city_n and_o seem_v to_o be_v add_v on_o purpose_n to_o express_v something_o about_o this_o empire_n which_o have_v be_v omit_v in_o all_o other_o viz._n the_o constant_a conjunction_n of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n of_o this_o empire_n with_o the_o authority_n of_o this_o city_n of_o rome_n 4._o and_o it_o be_v necessary_a to_o do_v this_o more_o than_o in_o the_o figure_n of_o any_o other_o monarchy_n because_o there_o be_v two_o kind_n of_o sovereign_a power_n in_o this_o monarchy_n at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n that_o be_v head_n and_o horn_n to_o distinguish_v which_o at_o least_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o head_n there_o be_v no_o other_o mark_n in_o the_o text_n but_o only_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n for_o the_o head_n 5._o the_o authority_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n can_v be_v no_o more_o separate_v from_o the_o sovereign_a power_n of_o that_o empire_n than_o the_o beast_n can_v be_v separate_v from_o all_o its_o seven_o head_n 6._o the_o flourish_a and_o decay_a condition_n also_o of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n be_v set_v out_o by_o the_o flourish_a and_o decay_a condition_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n all_o over_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o six_o head_n the_o whole_a monarchy_n be_v describe_v by_o the_o 18._o chap._n 17._o 4_o 18._o reign_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n rome_n be_v describe_v in_o a_o majestic_a appearance_n to_o express_v the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_a rule_n over_o peoples_n and_o multitude_n and_o nation_n and_o tongue_n and_o the_o ruinous_a and_o desolate_a state_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v afterward_o make_v use_n of_o to_o 18._o chap._n 16._o 19_o chap._n 18._o signify_v the_o fall_n of_o that_o empire_n and_o the_o last_o end_n of_o all_o roman_a rule_n all_o which_o be_v sufficient_a evidence_n that_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n go_v constant_o along_o with_o the_o chief_a head_n of_o that_o state_n 7._o the_o fate_n of_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o any_o other_o empire_n that_o be_v mention_v by_o the_o prophet_n do_v general_o signify_v the_o condition_n of_o the_o chief_a head_n or_o of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n that_o go_v along_o with_o that_o city_n and_o the_o end_n of_o any_o such_o rule_v power_n or_o empire_n be_v express_v to_o be_v at_o the_o loss_n of_o their_o royal_a city_n thus_o be_v the_o flourish_a and_o ruinous_a state_n of_o the_o israelite_n set_v out_o by_o the_o like_a character_n of_o samaria_n that_o of_o judah_n by_o jerusalem_n the_o rise_n and_o fall_v of_o the_o babylonian_n by_o the_o glory_n or_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o by_o rule_n the_o 2_o d._n the_o authority_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n must_v go_v along_o with_o every_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a power_n unless_o there_o be_v any_o thing_n clear_a against_o it_o which_o be_v not_o pretend_v 8._o but_o most_o especial_o must_v this_o be_v true_a of_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n at_o the_o time_n that_o rome_n enjoy_v the_o ensign_n and_o badge_n of_o the_o chief_a authority_n of_o the_o empire_n for_o that_o chief_a authority_n be_v the_o distinguish_a mark_n of_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o in_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n either_o into_o two_o empire_n or_o into_o ten_o kingdom_n that_o the_o emperor_n of_o constantinople_n shall_v be_v a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n any_o long_a than_o he_o be_v own_v and_o allow_v either_o together_o with_o or_o without_o another_o partner_n by_o the_o senate_n and_o people_n of_o rome_n whilst_o they_o do_v retain_v their_o usual_a authority_n for_o as_o long_o as_o they_o continue_v in_o that_o authority_n let_v their_o state_n be_v never_o so_o much_o diminish_v in_o comparison_n with_o what_o they_o have_v be_v yet_o they_o have_v all_o the_o qualification_n that_o the_o prophecy_n require_v to_o be_v represent_v by_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n they_o be_v still_o the_o rule_v people_n of_o the_o 7_o hill_n and_o the_o same_o continue_a body_n with_o those_o that_o reign_v in_o the_o most_o flourish_a state_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n 8._o rome_n grotius_n de_fw-fr jure_fw-la b._n &_o p._n l._n 2._o c._n 9_o art_n 3._o isocrates_n and_o julian_n after_o he_o have_v say_v that_o city_n be_v immortal_a that_o be_v they_o may_v be_v so_o because_o the_o people_n be_v of_o that_o kind_n of_o body_n which_o be_v make_v up_o of_o distant_a part_n and_o fall_v under_o one_o name_n which_o have_v one_o soul_n or_o spirit_n in_o it_o and_o that_o spirit_n in_o a_o people_n be_v a_o full_a and_o perfect_a society_n of_o civil_a life_n the_o first_o product_n of_o which_o be_v government_n the_o bond_n by_o which_o the_o commonwealth_n hold_v together_o the_o vital_a spirit_n which_o so_o many_o thousand_o partake_v in_o now_o these_o artificial_a body_n be_v just_a like_o natural_a body_n a_o natural_a body_n cease_v not_o to_o be_v the_o same_o for_o the_o change_n of_o some_o of_o the_o particle_n of_o it_o while_o the_o species_n continue_v the_o same_o so_o a_o river_n be_v still_o the_o same_o notwithstanding_o the_o continual_a succession_n of_o water_n in_o it_o so_o a_o outward_a accession_n may_v possible_o add_v to_o or_o take_v from_o the_o dignity_n of_o a_o people_n but_o not_o make_v it_o another_o people_n and_o the_o way_n that_o a_o people_n cease_v to_o be_v be_v either_o by_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o body_n of_o it_o when_o the_o body_n of_o the_o people_n be_v lose_v by_o earthquake_n etc._n etc._n or_o war_n or_o pestilence_n or_o by_o the_o
time_n of_o the_o vision_n if_o it_o be_v say_v that_o these_o emperor_n be_v rather_o two_o head_n than_o one_o like_o the_o representation_n of_o two_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n by_o two_o distinct_a horn_n succeed_v to_o 8._o dan._n 8._o the_o first_o it_o may_v be_v answer_v that_o according_a to_o the_o account_n of_o all_o historian_n tho'_o they_o seem_v to_o have_v a_o divide_a empire_n yet_o they_o act_v in_o almost_o all_o the_o public_a affair_n as_o but_o other_o but_o bellarmin_n de_fw-fr translat_n imperii_fw-la occident_n l._n 1._o c._n 4._o erat_fw-la tamen_fw-la etc._n etc._n but_o so_o common_a to_o they_o both_o be_v the_o whole_a administration_n of_o the_o empire_n that_o be_v to_o both_o the_o western_a and_o eastern_a emperor_n that_o the_o law_n be_v make_v for_o the_o whole_a empire_n by_o the_o authority_n and_o in_o the_o name_n of_o both_o the_o emperor_n and_o if_o one_o of_o they_o die_v without_o child_n the_o government_n of_o the_o whole_a empire_n fall_v to_o the_o other_o one_o government_n of_o the_o whole_a empire_n they_o have_v both_o their_o authority_n confirm_v at_o rome_n they_o own_v the_o same_o law_n and_o join_v together_o in_o the_o make_n of_o they_o the_o law_n bear_v the_o name_n of_o both_o the_o emperor_n and_o no_o law_n can_v be_v make_v but_o by_o the_o consent_n of_o both_o the_o prince_n and_o if_o either_o of_o they_o die_v without_o child_n the_o other_o succeed_v he_o in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o empire_n the_o supreme_a authority_n of_o rome_n be_v divide_v betwixt_o they_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a senate_n do_v always_o sit_v at_o constantinople_n one_o of_o the_o consul_n do_v ordinary_o belong_v to_o that_o city_n there_o be_v indeed_o a_o promiscuous_a use_n of_o this_o right_n of_o choose_v the_o consul_n betwixt_o the_o two_o imperial_a seat_n as_o onuphrius_n panurinus_n do_v show_v lib._n fast_o pag._n 290._o sometime_o both_o the_o consul_n be_v make_v at_o rome_n sometime_o both_o at_o constantinople_n sometime_o none_o at_o all_o sometime_o one_o in_o the_o east_n another_o in_o the_o west_n so_o that_o as_o as_o panciroll_fw-fr notit_fw-la imp._n occident_n p._n 1._o but_o yet_o both_o the_o prince_n of_o consul_n see_n onuph_n panvi_fw-la fast_o p._n 61._o and_o p._n 290._o where_o he_o give_v a_o chronicle_n of_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a consul_n the_o east_n and_o west_n do_v always_o administer_v the_o affair_n of_o the_o empire_n by_o a_o joint_a consent_n they_o make_v the_o law_n together_o they_o govern_v the_o army_n by_o consent_n and_o choose_v the_o consul_n one_o of_o which_o reside_v at_o rome_n and_o the_o other_o at_o constantinople_n so_o that_o they_o seem_v to_o be_v two_o half_n of_o the_o empire_n join_v together_o pancirollus_n do_v very_o proper_o express_v it_o they_o seem_v to_o be_v two_o half_a empire_n join_v together_o and_o according_o in_o the_o notitia_fw-la imperii_fw-la which_o be_v the_o imperial_a standard_n of_o all_o the_o dignity_n and_o office_n of_o the_o empire_n both_o civil_a and_o military_a and_o be_v in_o use_n in_o the_o time_n of_o this_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n the_o military_a ensign_n and_o the_o arm_n of_o the_o chief_a dignity_n be_v there_o describe_v as_o represent_v the_o perfect_a unity_n of_o the_o two_o emperor_n in_o their_o design_n of_o govern_v the_o whole_a world_n all_o the_o great_a civil-magistrate_n as_o the_o praefect_n 40._o pancirol_n not_o it_o imp._n orient_a pag._n 40._o consul_n proconsul_n vicarii_fw-la etc._n etc._n have_v always_o the_o two_o emperor_n head_n raise_v upon_o gild_a pedestal_n and_o carry_v before_o they_o as_o the_o ensign_n of_o their_o authority_n pancirollus_n admire_v that_o of_o the_o corrector_n of_o apulia_n and_o calabria_n as_o the_o most_o expressive_a of_o the_o intent_n of_o all_o the_o rest_n notit_fw-la dignitat_fw-la occident_n p._n 87._o and_o that_o of_o the_o precedent_n of_o dalmatia_n be_v much_o the_o same_o pag._n 91._o ibid._n it_o be_v two_o prince_n upon_o the_o top_n of_o a_o gild_a pillar_n with_o their_o back_n to_o one_o another_o but_o so_o close_o join_v together_o that_o they_o end_v in_o one_o common_a body_n and_o of_o all_o the_o public_a ensign_n of_o authority_n he_o say_v pag._n 46._o notit_fw-la orient_n that_o the_o head_n or_o face_n of_o the_o prince_n be_v the_o chief_a 3._o the_o military_a dignity_n have_v the_o same_o figure_n of_o the_o prince_n head_n conjoin_v engrave_v on_o a_o gild_a plate_n on_o the_o backside_n of_o a_o book_n and_o it_o and_o panciroll_fw-fr notit_fw-la imp._n orient_a p._n 56._o de_fw-fr m._n militum_fw-la praesentali_fw-la the_o badge_n of_o the_o authority_n of_o this_o dignity_n be_v a_o book_n upon_o a_o chest_n cover_v with_o white_a tapestry_n in_o the_o middle_n of_o it_o be_v a_o golden_a plate_n with_o the_o two_o gild_a face_n of_o the_o prince_n engrave_v in_o it_o every_o legion_n have_v the_o same_o draw_v together_o with_o the_o eagle_n in_o their_o banner_n beside_o the_o distinguish_a figure_n of_o the_o legion_n the_o distinguish_a ensign_n duo_fw-la ensign_n panciroll_fw-fr notit_fw-la imper._n orient_a p._n 59_o de_fw-la legionibus_fw-la every_o legion_n consist_v of_o ten_o company_n the_o first_o of_o which_o be_v call_v milliaria_fw-la this_o have_v the_o charge_n of_o the_o eagle_n which_o be_v the_o chief_a ensign_n in_o the_o army_n and_o the_o face_n of_o the_o two_o prince_n and_o pag._n 46._o every_o legion_n have_v the_o prince_n head_n with_o the_o eagle_n and_o they_o adore_v they_o upon_o the_o top_n of_o the_o colour_n the_o first_o company_n pay_v their_o veneration_n to_o the_o image_n of_o the_o emperor_n that_o be_v to_o a_o divine_a representation_n of_o authority_n and_o present_a at_o hand_n and_o vegetius_n de_fw-fr re_fw-la militari_fw-la in_o the_o second_o rank_n after_o the_o eagle_n and_o the_o image_n stand_v the_o 6_o troop_n and_o add_v the_o imaginiferi_fw-la be_v those_o that_o carry_v the_o emperor_n image_n panciroll_fw-fr notit_fw-la imper._n orient_a à_fw-fr cap._n 50._o usque_fw-la ad_fw-la cap._n 60._o idem_fw-la notit_fw-la imper._n occident_n à_fw-fr cap._n 20._o ad_fw-la cap._n 28._o panciroll_fw-fr notit_fw-la imper._n oriental_n cap._n 39_o pag._n 70._o defensores_fw-la the_o old_a coin_n that_o have_v two_o serpent_n join_v by_o the_o tail_n be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o one_o common_a power_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n in_o both_o their_o authority_n the_o inscription_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o twofold_a rule_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n prattica_fw-la dalle_fw-la medaglie_fw-mi di_fw-mi carlo_n patino_n pag._n 150._o the_o roman_n use_v to_o comprehend_v their_o history_n in_o two_o or_o three_o word_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o these_o follow_a example_n of_o medal_n amor_fw-la mutuus_fw-la augustorum_n etc._n etc._n and_o p._n 161._o among_o the_o abbreviation_n of_o the_o inscription_n of_o medal_n this_o be_v one_o augg._n which_o be_v interpret_v to_o be_v augusti_fw-la duo_fw-la of_o every_o particular_a legion_n have_v also_o general_o the_o same_o signification_n and_o that_o be_v show_v most_o common_o by_o two_o circle_n of_o different_a colour_n 35._o pancirol_n notit_fw-la dignitat_fw-la l._n 1._o 252._o c._n 2._o p._n 35._o round_v a_o ball_n which_o augustus_n first_o order_v to_o signify_v the_o rule_n of_o the_o world_n by_o the_o roman_n sometime_o by_o two_o half_a circle_n conjoin_v and_o yet_o distinguish_v sometime_o by_o a_o circle_n or_o ball_n gird_v about_o with_o two_o different_a wreath_n sometime_o by_o two_o half_a snake_n rise_v from_o a_o basis_n and_o meet_v with_o their_o head_n in_o a_o circle_n or_o by_o two_o half_a horse_n or_o hawk_n or_o horn_n enclose_v a_o ball_n or_o some_o round_a figure_n sometime_o by_o halfmoon_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o sagittarii_fw-la have_v this_o plain_o express_v in_o they_o by_o a_o cirlce_a about_o a_o globe_n and_o two_o eagle_n on_o each_o side_n of_o it_o and_o the_o two_o emperor_n above_o it_o the_o mattiaci_n also_o by_o a_o white_a globe_n encircle_v with_o two_o round_n red_a and_o white_a and_o above_o it_o the_o face_n of_o the_o two_o emperor_n and_o much_o the_o same_o have_v the_o tertia_fw-la dioclesiana_n thebaeorum_n other_o that_o be_v more_o uncertain_a i_o will_v not_o mention_v and_o these_o seem_v all_o to_o be_v do_v in_o imitation_n of_o the_o impress_n of_o the_o old_a coin_n make_v to_o signify_v the_o two_o consul_n govern_v the_o one_o roman_a state_n which_o be_v represent_v by_o two_o serpent_n join_v by_o their_o tail_n with_o this_o inscription_n 3._o inscription_n baronius_n anno_fw-la 472._o odoacer_n make_v a_o law_n which_o he_o proclaim_v by_o his_o praefect_n basilius_n in_o a_o full_a assembly_n of_o the_o bishop_n in_o the_o vatican_n that_o after_o the_o decease_n of_o simplicius_n than_o bishop_n of_o rome_n
he_o which_o be_v the_o supreme_a authority_n of_o that_o city_n the_o utmost_a that_o can_v be_v pretend_v from_o that_o be_v that_o that_o greek_a emperor_n have_v as_o much_o roman_a authority_n on_o his_o side_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n as_o he_o have_v before_o it_o but_o that_o be_v only_o one_o share_n of_o the_o authority_n of_o rome_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o those_o king_n who_o have_v the_o real_a sovereignty_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n must_v at_o least_o be_v the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o supreme_a government_n of_o it_o and_o of_o the_o two_o they_o must_v unquestionable_o be_v the_o most_o it_o most_o bellarmin_n in_o his_o 9th_o chapter_n de_fw-fr translatione_fw-la imp._n rom._n lib._n 1._o do_v show_v that_o odoacer_n be_v king_n of_o rome_n and_o italy_n against_o the_o emperor_n will_v and_o so_o have_v no_o dependence_n upon_o he_o and_o that_o theodoric_n after_o he_o be_v make_v king_n of_o rome_n and_o italy_n by_o the_o consent_n of_o zeno_n as_o one_o emperor_n do_v usual_o create_v another_o so_o that_o these_o king_n must_v unquestionable_o be_v qualify_v to_o be_v the_o sovereign_n of_o rome_n both_o for_o their_o independence_n on_o any_o other_o and_o their_o possession_n of_o it_o by_o the_o same_o way_n that_o the_o western_a emperor_n use_v to_o have_v it_o proper_o the_o sovereign_a authority_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v the_o qualification_n of_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n prop_n 21._o this_o make_v theodorick_n deal_v so_o harsh_o with_o pope_n john_n for_o crown_v the_o emperor_n justin_n roman_n emperor_n at_o constantinople_n 1_o petau._n l._n 7._o c._n 3._o part_v 1_o for_o that_o do_v show_v that_o it_o be_v then_o general_o think_v that_o the_o confer_v that_o honour_n by_o the_o chief_a minister_n of_o rome_n be_v the_o give_v he_o a_o title_n to_o the_o command_n of_o the_o authority_n of_o rome_n in_o short_a one_o need_v but_o consider_v who_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n before_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n to_o determine_v whether_o that_o head_n be_v change_v or_o no_o by_o that_o fall_n it_o be_v certain_a that_o if_o it_o be_v but_o one_o of_o the_o imperial_a throne_n that_o be_v then_o the_o head_n of_o it_o it_o must_v be_v the_o western_a who_o have_v the_o chief_a imperial_a seat_n in_o his_o power_n and_o then_o the_o king_n that_o succeed_v he_o must_v be_v a_o new_a head_n but_o if_o they_o be_v both_o together_o the_o roman_a head_n as_o be_v most_o likely_a then_o at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a power_n and_o the_o succession_n of_o a_o new_a regal_a government_n in_o the_o stead_n of_o it_o the_o whole_a government_n of_o the_o state_n must_v be_v acknowledge_v to_o have_v be_v change_v and_o a_o new_a head_n set_v up_o in_o the_o room_n of_o it_o wherefore_o instead_o of_o the_o whole_a imperial_a government_n in_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a part_n of_o the_o empire_n by_o this_o new_a conquest_n of_o rome_n there_o be_v a_o succession_n of_o kingly_a government_n in_o the_o western_a part_n to_o share_v with_o the_o imperial_a in_o the_o east_n and_o of_o the_o two_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o king_n must_v be_v acknowledge_v to_o be_v the_o most_o considerable_a part_n of_o the_o head_n of_o rome_n but_o that_o the_o imperial_a government_n of_o rome_n be_v then_o change_v into_o another_o form_n than_o what_o appear_v before_o that_o conquest_n be_v no_o way_n to_o be_v question_v there_o must_v therefore_o necessary_o be_v thereupon_o the_o appearance_n of_o a_o new_a head_n but_o whether_o it_o be_v the_o mix_a form_n of_o imperial_a and_o kingly_a government_n together_o that_o make_v that_o head_n or_o the_o kingly_a government_n alone_o need_v not_o yet_o be_v determine_v it_o can_v be_v here_o object_v that_o the_o gothish_a king_n can_v not_o be_v any_o part_n of_o a_o roman_a head_n upon_o the_o account_n of_o their_o be_v quite_o another_o nation_n distinct_a from_o the_o roman_n and_o therefore_o not_o possible_a to_o be_v any_o part_n of_o the_o same_o beast_n by_o which_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v represent_v and_o that_o there_o be_v then_o no_o other_o head_n of_o the_o roman_n at_o their_o conquest_n but_o the_o imperial_a head_n at_o constantinople_n which_o continue_v the_o same_o for_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o those_o barbarous_a king_n of_o italy_n and_o so_o be_v never_o put_v a_o end_n to_o by_o they_o for_o it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o those_o barbarous_a nation_n be_v take_v into_o into_o grot._n in_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n v._n 12._o the_o goth_n be_v the_o first_o that_o be_v make_v the_o confederate_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n as_o procopius_n show_v gothic_n l._n 4._o and_o that_o before_o the_o time_n of_o maximinus_n as_o we_o learn_v out_o of_o jornandes_n to_o the_o same_o purpose_n onuphrius_n panuvinus_n lib._n fast_a pag._n 307._o the_o roman_n a_o little_a before_o that_o be_v before_o the_o time_n of_o augustulus_n have_v take_v the_o scythian_n alan_n and_o gothish_a people_n into_o society_n with_o they_o the_o dignity_n of_o the_o roman_a prince_n be_v so_o diminish_v about_o that_o time_n that_o they_o be_v even_o force_v by_o these_o stranger_n against_o their_o will_n under_o the_o decent_a name_n of_o associate_n and_o confederate_n to_o let_v they_o share_v all_o the_o italic_a part_n of_o the_o empire_n with_o they_o grot._n de_fw-fr jure_fw-la belli_n &_o pacis_fw-la lib._n 2._o c._n 9_o art_n 11._o by_o the_o decree_n of_o antoninus_n all_o within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v make_v citizen_n b._n n._n b._n of_o rome_n petavius_n show_v out_o of_o idatus_fw-la that_o in_o the_o year_n 38._o the_o whole_a nation_n of_o the_o goth_n be_v take_v into_o society_n with_o the_o roman_n and_o have_v land_n assign_v they_o petau._n rationar_n temp._n lib._n 6._o c._n 8._o the_o society_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o have_v kingdom_n and_o territory_n assign_v they_o within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o empire_n long_o before_o this_o last_o conquest_n of_o italy_n at_o the_o subversion_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n by_o the_o decree_n of_o antoninus_n all_o that_o be_v within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v make_v citizen_n of_o rome_n as_o grotius_n observe_v c._n 9_o l._n 2._o de_fw-la jure_fw-la b._n &_o p._n and_o all_o over_o cassiodorus_n variar_n 669._o variar_n so_o also_o all_o over_o cassiodorus_n variar_n the_o gothish_a king_n style_v themselves_o roman_n prince_n cassiodor_n variar_n lib._n 3._o ep._n 16._o 18._o lib._n 11._o ep._n 1_o 2._o pag._n 658_o 659_o 669._o the_o gothish_a king_n style_v themselves_o roman_n prince_n and_o their_o kingdom_n roman_a empire_n and_o theodoric_n who_o be_v the_o first_o of_o they_o have_v this_o commission_n from_o the_o roman_a emperor_n zeno_n and_o the_o senate_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o pag._n 284_o 285._o jornandes_n affirm_v that_o the_o alliance_n betwixt_o the_o roman_n and_o theodor._n petavius_n in_o theodor._n goth_n begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o maximinus_n but_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o theodosius_n there_o be_v a_o very_a formal_a agreement_n betwixt_o they_o the_o whole_a nation_n of_o the_o goth_n deliver_v themselves_o up_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o they_o have_v land_n of_o the_o empire_n assign_v they_o for_o their_o habitation_n and_o so_o be_v member_n of_o the_o roman_a state_n and_o such_o real_a member_n be_v they_o of_o it_o in_o the_o time_n of_o theodorick_n that_o he_o be_v caes_n be_v jornandes_n de_fw-fr reb._n geticis_fw-la sect._n 86._o zeno_n adopt_v theodorit_n for_o his_o son_n and_o he_o be_v make_v one_o of_o the_o yearly_o consul_n which_o be_v the_o high_a office_n and_o the_o great_a honour_n in_o the_o world_n cassiodori_n chronicon_fw-la p._n ult_n d._n n._n eutharicus_fw-la cillica_n &_o justinus_n aug._n caes_n make_v consul_n of_o the_o empire_n by_o zeno_n and_o eutharicus_fw-la his_o son_n in_o law_n after_o he_o but_o that_o which_o give_v the_o best_a satisfaction_n in_o this_o case_n be_v that_o the_o goth_n of_o italy_n must_v be_v either_o a_o head_n or_o a_o horn_n of_o the_o roman_a beast_n according_a to_o the_o interpretation_n of_o all_o protestant_n who_o make_v the_o ten_o horn_n to_o be_v the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n among_o the_o barbarous_a nation_n and_o then_o since_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n have_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n for_o its_o share_n it_o be_v much_o better_o qualify_v to_o be_v a_o head_n than_o a_o horn_n by_o propos_fw-fr 21._o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o imperial_a roman_a government_n at_o constantinople_n can_v not_o hinder_v the_o change_n of_o that_o head_n when_o there_o be_v a_o new_a face_n of_o government_n
power_n of_o it_o be_v acknowledge_v by_o the_o authority_n of_o rome_n to_o belong_v to_o they_o leo._n they_o ludovic_n à_fw-fr bebenburg_n though_o on_o the_o german_a or_o caesarian_a side_n de_fw-fr juribus_fw-la regni_fw-la &_o imp._n rom._n pag._n 5._o the_o reason_n why_o he_o that_o be_v elect_v be_v call_v king_n of_o the_o roman_n be_v both_o in_o reverence_n to_o the_o most_o holy_a roman_a church_n and_o in_o honour_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n who_o people_n have_v former_o the_o monarchy_n of_o the_o empire_n m._n freherus_n in_o commentario_fw-la hence_o that_o proud_a voice_n of_o rome_n at_o the_o coronation_n of_o the_o emperor_n henry_n the_o viith_o i_o confirm_v unto_o the_o prince_n the_o sovereign_a power_n with_o the_o crown_n of_o crown_n and_o give_v he_o command_v over_o the_o city_n and_o nation_n of_o the_o world_n let_v the_o eagle_n defend_v my_o glory_n and_o in_o the_o seal_n of_o charles_n the_o ivth_o with_o which_o the_o golden_a bull_n the_o instrument_n for_o the_o present_a manner_n of_o the_o imperial_a election_n be_v seal_v and_o other_o public_a instrument_n the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v in_o the_o stamp_n of_o it_o with_o this_o motto_n roma_fw-la caput_fw-la mundi_fw-la regit_fw-la orbis_n fraena_fw-la retundi_fw-la goldast_n politic._n imperial_a pars_fw-la 5._o p._n 349._o sed_fw-la postquam_fw-la christiana_n &_o orthodoxa_fw-la religio_fw-la etc._n etc._n but_o after_o that_o the_o christian_a and_o orthodox_n religion_n prevail_v so_o as_o to_o make_v a_o noise_n all_o over_o the_o world_n and_o that_o by_o this_o mean_v the_o high-priest_n at_o rome_n come_v to_o be_v adore_v by_o prince_n king_n and_o emperor_n with_o the_o great_a humility_n and_o a_o singular_a kind_n of_o devotion_n it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o by_o the_o common_a consent_n of_o all_o christian_a people_n that_o of_o the_o two_o several_a state_n of_o the_o christian_a world_n the_o one_o shall_v be_v govern_v by_o the_o pope_n the_o other_o by_o the_o emperor_n but_o yet_o so_o that_o the_o emperor_n shall_v acknowledge_v both_o their_o imperial_a dignity_n and_o power_n to_o proceed_v from_o the_o pope_n of_o rome_n as_o the_o true_a mediator_n and_o intercessor_n for_o they_o but_o this_o be_v further_a confirm_v by_o the_o civil_a law_n which_o suffer_v not_o the_o imperial_a majesty_n to_o be_v subject_a to_o any_o human_a law_n but_o on_o the_o contrary_a do_v open_o declare_v it_o to_o be_v above_o all_o human_a privilege_n and_o law_n bellarmin_n show_v lib._n 3._o de_fw-fr translat_n imp._n roman_n in_o germanos_fw-la that_o the_o present_a way_n of_o elect_v the_o emperor_n be_v settle_v by_o pope_n gregory_n the_o viith_o in_o the_o golden_a bull_n to_o confer_v the_o power_n and_o authority_n of_o emperor_n of_o rome_n upon_o the_o person_n elect_v by_o they_o and_o chap._n 12._o lib._n 1._o say_v that_o all_o kind_n of_o christian_a prince_n whatsoever_o have_v acknowledge_v the_o roman_a empire_n to_o have_v be_v among_o the_o german_n ever_o since_o the_o year_n 800._o goldastus_n in_o his_o politic._n imperial_a part_n 1._o p._n 76._o set_n down_o the_o particular_a form_n of_o the_o oath_n that_o the_o elector_n take_v before_o their_o choice_n to_o this_o effect_n i._o n._n by_o the_o help_n of_o god_n will_v choose_v a_o temporal_a or_o secular_a head_n for_o all_o christian_a people_n that_o be_v a_o king_n of_o the_o roman_n to_o be_v advance_v to_o be_v emperor_n and_o it_o be_v the_o order_n of_o the_o golden_a bull_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o depart_v from_o the_o city_n of_o francfort_n till_o the_o major_a part_n of_o they_o have_v elect_v a_o temporal_a head_n for_o all_o christian_a people_n that_o be_v a_o king_n of_o the_o roman_n to_o be_v create_v emperor_n aventin_n l._n 6._o histor_n boior_fw-la pope_n adrian_n in_o his_o letter_n to_o the_o german_a prince_n tell_v they_o that_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v translate_v from_o the_o greek_n to_o the_o almain_n so_o as_o that_o their_o king_n be_v not_o call_v roman_a emperor_n till_o he_o be_v crown_v by_o the_o pope_n before_o his_o consecration_n he_o be_v but_o king_n after_o his_o consecration_n he_o become_v emperor_n from_o whence_o then_o say_v he_o have_v he_o the_o empire_n but_o from_o we_o and_o afterward_o give_v this_o reason_n for_o it_o for_o rome_n be_v our_o seat_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o empire_n be_v aix_n in_o the_o forest_n of_o ardenne_n radevicus_n l._n 1._o c._n 16._o frederic_n the_o emperor_n who_o have_v deny_v all_o subjection_n to_o pope_n adrian_n yet_o in_o his_o very_a defence_n of_o himself_o for_o it_o say_v thus_o the_o first_o voice_n in_o our_o election_n we_o owe_v to_o the_o archbishop_n of_o mentz_n and_o then_o to_o the_o other_o elector_n in_o their_o order_n our_o regal_a unction_n to_o the_o bishop_n of_o cologn_n and_o the_o last_o which_o be_v the_o imperial_a unction_n only_o we_o have_v from_o the_o pope_n ibidem_fw-la and_o pope_n adrian_n present_o after_o in_o his_o subjection_n to_o the_o emperor_n mind_v he_o that_o his_o magnificence_n have_v acknowledge_v that_o it_o be_v the_o pope_n that_o set_v the_o imperial_a crown_n upon_o his_o head_n cornelius_n à_fw-la lapide_fw-la upon_o the_o 10_o v._o of_o the_o 17_o chap._n apoc._n to_o confute_v that_o opinion_n that_o will_v have_v the_o seven_o king_n succeed_v the_o emperor_n to_o be_v the_o pope_n the_o seven_o say_v he_o be_v here_o say_v shall_v continue_v but_o a_o little_a while_n whereas_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o emperor_n have_v continue_v a_o long_a while_n together_o the_o pope_n therefore_o do_v not_o succeed_v the_o emperor_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n but_o continue_v there_o together_o with_o they_o as_o we_o see_v now_o the_o most_o serene_a ferdinand_n to_o be_v the_o emperor_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o our_o most_o holy_a lord_n paul_n v._o to_o be_v the_o highpriest_n or_o the_o pope_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n grotius_n in_o respon_n de_fw-fr antichristo_fw-la the_o german_a prince_n choose_v the_o emperor_n but_o their_o choice_n must_v have_v the_o approbation_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n which_o have_v confer_v their_o right_n and_o power_n upon_o the_o pope_n from_o that_o approbation_n have_v the_o emperor_n the_o title_n of_o roman_a emperor_n and_o many_o thing_n in_o italy_n which_o belong_v to_o the_o ancient_a roman_a empire_n from_o whence_o come_v the_o homage_n that_o be_v do_v he_o for_o the_o dutchy_n of_o milan_n montferrat_n mantua_n and_o many_o other_o privilege_n there_o beside_o nor_o can_v it_o be_v say_v upon_o this_o account_n that_o the_o emperor_n be_v make_v by_o the_o pope_n for_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v always_o the_o same_o even_o when_o the_o emperor_n be_v some_o thracian_n some_o of_o illyricum_n and_o some_o of_o hungary_n and_o so_o be_v it_o afterward_o with_o charlemaigne_n and_o now_o with_o the_o prince_n of_o germany_n see_v grot._n c._n 9_o lib._n 2._o de_fw-la jure_fw-la belli_n &_o pacis_fw-la and_o in_o the_o commentary_n of_o it_o in_o prop._n 21._o lud._n à_fw-fr bebenburg_n cap._n 5._o it_o be_v apparent_a from_o history_n that_o germany_n even_o after_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o frank_n be_v account_v a_o kingdom_n by_o itself_o that_o be_v distinct_a from_o the_o title_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n m._n freherus_n in_o his_o comment_n upon_o this_o our_o emperor_n at_o this_o time_n observe_v this_o in_o their_o title_n emperor_n of_o the_o roman_n king_n of_o hungary_n bohemia_n dalmatia_n etc._n etc._n ludovicus_n the_o emperor_n the_o son_n of_o pius_n be_v call_v king_n of_o germany_n which_o be_v almost_o from_o the_o first_o time_n of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o territory_n of_o charlemaigne_n he_o do_v also_o in_o the_o next_o chapter_n show_v that_o the_o seven_o elector_n choose_v the_o emperor_n as_o a_o college_n or_o as_o the_o representative_n of_o all_o the_o prince_n and_o people_n that_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o authority_n be_v confer_v upon_o they_o from_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n by_o the_o golden_a bull_n of_o charles_n iu._n if_o it_o shall_v be_v object_v that_o the_o constantinopolitan_a emperor_n be_v the_o only_a true_a roman_a emperor_n and_o be_v unjust_o deprive_v of_o their_o western_a dominion_n by_o the_o pope_n it_o be_v to_o be_v remember_v that_o the_o constantinopolitan_a emperor_n themselves_o confirm_v the_o title_n of_o the_o western_a emperor_n lud._n à_fw-la bebenburg_n cap._n 5._o and_o m._n freherus_n in_o his_o comment_n there_o prove_v that_o transaction_n betwixt_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a emperor_n by_o the_o authority_n of_o ado_n rhegino_n philip_n of_o bergamo_n platina_n voluterranus_n egnatius_n especial_o that_o of_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n michael_n which_o be_v publish_v in_o st._n peter_n church_n at_o rome_n and_o confirm_v
the_o western_a empire_n be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o zeno_n emperor_n of_o the_o east_n and_o zeno_n can_v not_o be_v less_o a_o part_n of_o the_o supreme_a government_n of_o rome_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n than_o he_o be_v before_o the_o fall_n of_o it_o because_o he_o have_v his_o part_n of_o the_o senate_n of_o rome_n and_o the_o choice_n of_o one_o of_o the_o consul_n still_o continue_v to_o he_o all_o the_o the_o time_n of_o odoacer_n the_o conqueror_n reign_n and_o emperor_n and_o jornandes_n who_o be_v the_o gothish_a bishop_n of_o ravenna_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n give_v this_o account_n of_o king_n theodoric_n in_o his_o book_n de_fw-fr rebus_fw-la geticis_fw-la sect_n 86._o zeno_n upon_o the_o report_n that_o he_o hear_v of_o theodoric_n than_o choose_a king_n of_o the_o goth_n invite_v he_o into_o the_o city_n and_o receive_v he_o with_o honour_n place_v he_o among_o the_o noble_n of_o his_o palace_n and_o after_o that_o to_o show_v he_o great_a honour_n he_o adopt_v he_o his_o son_n for_o the_o war_n and_o give_v a_o triumph_n in_o the_o city_n at_o his_o own_o cost_v then_o make_v he_o consul_n in_o ordinary_a which_o be_v the_o high_a honour_n in_o the_o empire_n but_o theodoric_n weary_a of_o live_v idle_a beg_v of_o zeno_n that_o he_o will_v give_v he_o leave_v to_o try_v his_o fortune_n for_o the_o recovery_n of_o italy_n which_o have_v be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o contain_v in_o it_o that_o city_n which_o be_v head_n and_o lady_n of_o the_o world_n for_o it_o be_v better_a say_v he_o that_o i_o who_o be_o your_o son_n shall_v possess_v that_o kingdom_n by_o your_o gift_n than_o one_o that_o tyrannise_v over_o your_o senate_n and_o commonwealth_n for_o if_o i_o be_v conqueror_n i_o shall_v hold_v it_o as_o your_o gift_n and_o favour_n which_o zeno_n hear_v do_v yield_v to_o his_o desire_n and_o send_v he_o away_o with_o honour_n recommend_v the_o senate_n and_o people_n of_o rome_n to_o his_o care_n blondus_fw-la decad._n l._n 3._o pag._n 32._o speak_v of_o theodoric_n be_v petition_n to_o zeno_n when_o zeno_n have_v report_v this_o to_o the_o senate_n they_o vote_v that_o it_o be_v not_o only_o very_o reasonable_a but_o that_o it_o ought_v free_o to_o be_v offer_v he_o of_o their_o own_o motion_n wherefore_o zeno_n when_o he_o have_v honour_v theodoric_n with_o a_o consecrate_a veil_n which_o be_v then_o the_o sure_a confirmation_n of_o the_o emperor_n grant_v for_o any_o thing_n send_v he_o away_o with_o a_o recommendation_n of_o italy_n and_o the_o senate_n and_o people_n of_o rome_n to_o his_o care_n carolus_n sigonius_n de_fw-fr occid_n imp._n lib._n 15._o concern_v this_o grant_n to_o theodoric_n zeno_n thereupon_o give_v he_o a_o grant_v of_o italy_n by_o a_o public_a instrument_n per_fw-la pragmaticum_fw-la put_v a_o consecrate_a veil_n upon_o his_o head_n de_fw-fr translat_n imp._n rom._n in_o german_a among_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o proof_n that_o he_o give_v of_o the_o translation_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n upon_o odoacer_n and_o the_o goth_n bring_v this_o for_o one_o that_o theodorick_n have_v the_o grant_n of_o it_o by_o the_o consent_n of_o the_o whole_a imperial_a senate_n for_o which_o he_o quote_v sigebert_n abbas_n urspergensis_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o he_o be_v the_o emperor_n adopt_a son_n and_o make_v consul_n which_o be_v next_o in_o dignity_n to_o the_o emperor_n and_o have_v a_o consecrate_a veil_n from_o he_o which_o he_o say_v be_v the_o imperial_a purple_a and_o that_o pope_n symmachus_n be_v subject_a to_o he_o and_o that_o he_o govern_v all_o the_o bishop_n of_o italy_n ibid._n as_o for_o the_o name_n of_o king_n he_o prove_v from_o baldus_n examp._n col._n fin_n de_fw-fr probat_fw-la &_o in_o lib._n penultim_fw-la c._n de_fw-fr donat_fw-la inter_fw-la vir._n &_o uxor_fw-la that_o a_o king_n in_o his_o kingdom_n be_v the_o same_o with_o a_o emperor_n the_o emperor_n ordinary_o call_v themselves_o king_n as_o well_o as_o caesar_n augusti_n &_o emperor_n by_o his_o own_o authority_n do_v zeno_n first_o make_v theodorick_n who_o conquer_a odoacer_n one_o of_o the_o roman_a consul_n adopt_a he_o for_o his_o son_n like_o a_o new_a caesar_n then_o give_v he_o a_o formal_a commission_n for_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n and_o italy_n as_o the_o emperor_n use_v to_o reference_n see_v reference_n create_v another_o emperor_n to_o share_v with_o he_o in_o the_o government_n and_o from_o that_o time_n be_v there_o much_o the_o same_o union_n in_o the_o public_a act_n of_o the_o government_n betwixt_o the_o gothish_a king_n and_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n that_o there_o have_v be_v before_o betwixt_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a emperor_n according_o do_a we_o find_v the_o date_n of_o the_o decretal_n of_o the_o pope_n of_o those_o day_n to_o have_v the_o mention_n of_o the_o year_n of_o the_o gothish_a king_n as_o well_o as_o those_o of_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n as_o for_o their_o occasional_a difference_n that_o be_v no_o more_o than_o what_o use_v to_o be_v sometime_o betwixt_o the_o two_o emperor_n and_o must_v necessary_o be_v sometime_o betwixt_o the_o most_o unite_a sovereign_n as_o it_o be_v express_o intimate_v by_o sigonius_n as_o the_o case_n between_o zeno_n and_o odoacer_n lib._n 15._o de_fw-la imperio_fw-la occid_n zeno_n say_v he_o take_v odoacer_n invasion_n of_o italy_n so_o ill_o that_o he_o will_v have_v no_o society_n of_o the_o empire_n with_o he_o which_o show_v by_o the_o way_n that_o the_o agreement_n of_o the_o emperor_n with_o the_o follow_a king_n of_o italy_n be_v the_o same_o kind_n of_o sociable_a government_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o have_v be_v before_o use_v among_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a emperor_n thus_o be_v theodorick_n state_n theodorick_n see_v not._n praece_v and_o sigonius_n de_fw-fr occid_n imp._n l._n 16._o say_v of_o theodoric_n that_o he_o conform_v himself_o to_o the_o purple_a of_o the_o roman_a prince_n and_o lay_v away_o the_o habit_n of_o his_o own_o country_n because_o he_o be_v make_v king_n of_o italy_n by_o the_o roman_a emperor_n and_o senate_n and_o blondus_n say_v pag._n 37._o decad._n l._n 3._o that_o theodoric_n be_v receive_v at_o rome_n with_o the_o applause_n of_o the_o senate_n and_o all_o the_o people_n hieron_n rubeus_n histor_n ravennat_n pag._n 122._o say_v that_o zeno_n and_o the_o senate_n conduct_v theodoric_n out_o of_o the_o city_n in_o his_o robe_n of_o state_n choose_v king_n of_o italy_n and_o of_o rome_n by_o zeno_n and_o the_o whole_a senate_n and_o with_o pomp_n accompany_v by_o they_o out_o of_o the_o city_n in_o his_o robe_n of_o state_n he_o be_v receive_v at_o rome_n for_o their_o king_n with_o the_o applause_n and_o acclamation_n of_o the_o people_n and_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o senate_n after_o a_o small_a difference_n with_o anastasius_n the_o next_o emperor_n in_o eastern_a in_o cassiodor_n variar_n l._n 1._o ep._n 1._o theodoric_n to_o anastasius_n wherein_o those_o mention_a expression_n be_v find_v and_o among_o they_o a_o acknowledgement_n of_o frequent_a message_n from_o anastasius_n to_o love_v the_o senate_n to_o observe_v the_o roman_a law_n to_o take_v care_n of_o all_o the_o member_n of_o italy_n which_o show_v how_o much_o the_o western_a empire_n be_v still_o account_v by_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n to_o be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a state_n as_o it_o have_v be_v before_o in_o union_n with_o the_o eastern_a the_o begin_n of_o his_o reign_n theodoric_n beg_v peace_n of_o he_o with_o a_o acknowledgement_n of_o his_o superiority_n over_o all_o the_o world_n and_o move_v he_o to_o it_o by_o this_o consideration_n that_o these_o two_o commonwealth_n of_o the_o east_n and_o west_n be_v always_o one_o body_n under_o the_o former_a prince_n and_o there_o ought_v to_o be_v but_o one_o will_n and_o one_o judgement_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o onuphrius_n pauvinius_fw-la observe_v fast_o pag._n 308._o that_o theodoric_n enjoy_v the_o government_n of_o italy_n by_o the_o consent_n of_o anastasius_n and_o the_o very_a difference_n betwixt_o they_o at_o the_o begin_n of_o anastasius_n his_o reign_n do_v show_v what_o opinion_n theodoric_n have_v of_o his_o be_v the_o emperor_n partner_n in_o the_o government_n of_o the_o west_n for_o upon_o anastasius_n confer_v the_o honour_n of_o consul_n and_o augustus_n upon_o chlodoreus_n king_n of_o the_o frank_n theodoric_n be_v laetus_n pomponius_n laetus_n say_v to_o have_v declare_v war_n against_o he_o for_o the_o province_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n a_o manifest_a instance_n do_v he_o give_v of_o his_o own_v the_o same_o conjunction_n with_o the_o eastern_a empire_n that_o the_o western_a emperor_n before_o he_o do_v testify_v by_o their_o joint_a suffrage_n in_o choose_v of_o each_o
send_v to_o the_o beast_n which_o also_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d do_v make_v appear_v which_o our_o apostle_n always_o make_v use_n of_o and_o be_v proper_o apply_v to_o those_o animal_n that_o do_v mischief_n by_o poison_n or_o by_o bite_v upon_o this_o account_n be_v it_o that_o c._n 11._o number_n 19_o we_o say_v out_o of_o arethas_n etc._n etc._n and_o st._n jerome_n interpret_v daniel_n four_o beast_n to_o be_v four_o kingdom_n and_o say_v and_o this_o be_v to_o he_o note_v that_o the_o fierceness_n and_o cruelty_n of_o kingdom_n be_v signify_v by_o the_o name_n of_o beast_n arethas_n do_v also_o so_o interpret_v it_o and_o show_v the_o holy_a methodius_n and_o st._n hippolytus_n to_o be_v of_o the_o same_o mind_n ribera_n quote_v st._n jerome_n and_o arethas_n it_o be_v also_o worth_a the_o observe_n that_o in_o those_o very_a day_n when_o these_o vision_n be_v write_v the_o roman_a people_n and_o empire_n be_v call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o great_a beast_n by_o their_o own_o heathen_a author_n who_o mean_v no_o more_o by_o that_o expression_n than_o the_o self-willed_a command_a nature_n of_o the_o body_n of_o a_o people_n or_o empire_n thus_o do_v suetonius_n represent_v tiberius_n his_o censure_n of_o his_o friend_n for_o persuade_v he_o to_o take_v the_o government_n upon_o he_o as_o man_n that_o be_v ignorant_a what_o a_o great_a beast_n a_o empire_n be_v quanta_fw-la bellua_fw-la esset_fw-la imperium_fw-la in_o tiberio_n art_n 24._o and_o horace_n ep._n 1._o lib._n 1._o call_v the_o roman_a people_n bellua_fw-la multorum_fw-la capitum_fw-la a_o great_a many-headed_a beast_n as_o for_o the_o common_a use_n of_o the_o head_n and_o horn_n of_o a_o beast_n there_o be_v near_o 60_o instance_n against_o nothing_o that_o be_v plain_a to_o the_o contrary_a that_o they_o signify_v only_a difference_n of_o the_o civil_a form_n of_o the_o government_n without_o any_o reference_n to_o idolatrous_a worship_n that_o be_v any_o where_o express_o mention_v thus_o in_o the_o first_o six_o head_n of_o the_o dragon_n and_o beast_n thrice_o in_o the_o revelation_n in_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n in_o the_o four_o head_n of_o the_o leopard_n there_o in_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o two_o beast_n in_o the_o 8_o chapter_n 5._o but_o it_o may_v be_v urge_v that_o there_o be_v a_o change_n of_o the_o civil_a form_n of_o the_o imperial_a government_n before_o the_o time_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n there_o be_v a_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o east_n and_o west_n by_o constantine_n and_o two_o distinct_a jurisdiction_n seat_v at_o rome_n and_o constantinople_n this_o division_n come_v to_o be_v perfect_o settle_v at_o the_o death_n of_o the_o first_o theodosius_n and_o continue_v in_o that_o estate_n for_o near_a 80_o year_n and_o this_o also_o not_o as_o two_o divide_a kingdom_n which_o must_v have_v be_v represent_v by_o two_o head_n or_o two_o horn_n according_a to_o all_o the_o example_n of_o division_n of_o sovereignty_n in_o daniel_n or_o the_o revelation_n but_o as_o two_o half_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o roman_a empire_n by_o a_o joint_n and_o common_a concern_v of_o both_o those_o part_n for_o the_o government_n and_o administration_n of_o the_o whole_a roman_a empire_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v much_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n of_o the_o same_o roman_a commonwealth_n this_o then_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o new_a face_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n as_o different_a from_o the_o first_o as_o the_o consul_n seem_v to_o be_v from_o the_o regal_a power_n but_o the_o increase_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o rule_v person_n that_o have_v the_o same_o name_n and_o title_n be_v know_v by_o several_a instance_n not_o to_o be_v a_o change_n of_o that_o kind_n of_o government_n the_o consul_n be_v sometime_o please_v sometime_o cuspinian_n in_o chronic._n cassiodori_n pag._n 264._o the_o triumvirate_n give_v the_o consulship_n to_o as_o many_o of_o the_o prince_n as_o they_o please_v more_o than_o two_o sometime_o 262._o sometime_o in_o cassiodorus_n chronicon_fw-la it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o pompey_n in_o the_o disturbance_n of_o the_o commonwealth_n continue_v alone_o the_o only_a consul_n and_o there_o be_v no_o other_o choice_n at_o the_o usual_a time_n and_o so_o be_v lepidus_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o triumvirate_n cuspinian_n in_o chronic._n cassiodor_n pag._n 250._o &_o pag._n 262._o but_o one_o the_o military_a tribune_n with_o the_o power_n of_o consul_n be_v sometime_o more_o sometime_o few_o 95._o few_o fenestilla_n de_fw-fr magistrate_n romans_n c._n 16._o there_o be_v therefore_o three_o military_a tribune_n create_v with_o the_o power_n of_o consul_n and_o be_v continue_v with_o great_a variety_n for_o their_o number_n sometime_o they_o be_v twenty_o sometime_o more_o sometime_o few_o or_o as_o this_o be_v correct_v by_o cuspinian_n as_o wrong_o print_v in_o the_o pandect_n f._n de_fw-la orig._n juris_fw-la at_o first_o six_o afterward_o eight_o or_o somewhat_o more_o as_o livy_n write_v in_o his_o five_o book_n cuspinian_n in_o cassiodori_n chronicon_fw-la p._n 95._o in_o a_o very_a great_a variety_n and_o the_o imperial_a power_n itself_o before_o this_o establishment_n of_o the_o two_o empire_n be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o sometime_o two_o sometime_o three_o and_o once_o of_o four_o and_o yet_o be_v not_o these_o change_n in_o the_o same_o form_n of_o government_n ever_o account_v any_o other_o than_o the_o same_o consulary_a tribunal_n and_o imperial_a government_n nor_o be_v the_o two_o czar_n of_o muscovy_n of_o late_o account_v any_o thing_n more_o than_o the_o same_o government_n by_o emperor_n that_o it_o be_v before_o nor_o be_v the_o increase_n or_o diminish_v the_o settle_a number_n of_o senator_n at_o several_a time_n the_o make_v a_o new_a senate_n and_o the_o have_v two_o different_a seat_n of_o supreme_a authority_n be_v not_o much_o more_o than_o the_o two_o province_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n of_o rome_n 6._o if_o the_o distance_n betwixt_o the_o end_n of_o the_o imperial_a head_n and_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n shall_v seem_v to_o be_v too_o far_o asunder_o for_o the_o description_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n 2_o thess_n 2._o 7_o 8._o which_o seem_v to_o intimate_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v immediate_o after_o the_o end_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n it_o may_v be_v answer_v that_o the_o particle_n then_o in_o that_o expression_n and_o then_o shall_v be_v reveal_v be_v very_o often_o in_o scripture_n use_v where_o there_o be_v a_o great_a distance_n of_o time_n betwixt_o that_o which_o go_v before_o and_o that_o which_o it_o introduce_v grotius_n do_v upon_o this_o verse_n acquaint_v we_o that_o the_o partitle_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o then_o do_v very_o ordinary_o in_o scripture_n connect_v very_o distant_a time_n together_o of_o which_o he_o there_o give_v many_o example_n beside_o by_o the_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v describe_v to_o come_v betwixt_o 10._o rev._n 17._o 10._o the_o imperial_a government_n and_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v mean_v another_o form_n of_o government_n of_o some_o short_a continuance_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o imperial_a head_n and_o the_o time_n that_o be_v assign_v here_o for_o it_o be_v but_o seventy_o year_n which_o be_v but_o the_o age_n of_o one_o single_a person_n 15._o isa_n 23._o 15._o whereas_o those_o that_o do_v the_o most_o oppose_v this_o way_n do_v make_v the_o seven_o king_n to_o continue_v near_o twice_o as_o long_o but_o that_o which_o do_v the_o most_o clear_o show_v the_o little_a weight_n there_o be_v in_o the_o particle_n then_o in_o this_o place_n to_o signify_v the_o immediate_a succession_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n be_v the_o opinion_n of_o almost_o all_o interpreter_n concern_v the_o first_o rise_v and_o appearance_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n for_o they_o general_o agree_v that_o it_o be_v either_o a_o good_a while_n before_o the_o ruin_n of_o that_o empire_n or_o some_o while_n after_o and_o any_o one_o that_o consider_v in_o what_o a_o state_n of_o humiliation_n the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v under_o the_o arrian_n king_n of_o the_o heruli_n and_o goth_n in_o italy_n immediate_o upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n must_v conclude_v that_o that_o be_v a_o very_a improper_a posture_n of_o the_o roman_a affair_n to_o fix_v the_o reveal_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n to_o but_o that_o which_o do_v the_o most_o full_o answer_v this_o objection_n be_v that_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n may_v not_o be_v exact_o the_o same_o thing_n the_o man_n of_o sin_n may_v be_v the_o false_a prophet_n and_o then_o why_o may_v he_o not_o be_v think_v to_o make_v some_o
head_n seem_v to_o be_v so_o whole_o intent_n upon_o the_o charge_n of_o antichristianism_n upon_o the_o church_n protestant_n most_o protestant_n of_o rome_n that_o they_o neglect_v all_o know_v and_o acknowledge_v example_n of_o the_o difference_n of_o the_o head_n of_o beast_n to_o fix_v their_o charge_n and_o to_o hold_v to_o it_o they_o be_v force_v to_o wrest_v the_o natural_a and_o plain_a sense_n of_o the_o 10_o verse_n of_o the_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n and_o to_o find_v out_o some_o far_o fetch_v criticism_n to_o make_v it_o good_a as_o the_o make_n of_o the_o seven_o of_o those_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o be_v none_o of_o those_o head_n and_o 648._o dr._n more_o 648._o as_o the_o make_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o denote_v the_o seven_o king_n to_o be_v quite_o different_a from_o the_o rest_n do_v appear_v to_o be_v see_v prop._n 4._o they_o be_v also_o force_v to_o make_v the_o wound_a and_o the_o heal_v mede_n mr._n mede_n head_n to_o be_v two_o distinct_a head_n of_o the_o seven_o which_o be_v contrary_a to_o the_o plain_a expression_n of_o the_o prophecy_n which_o mention_v it_o to_o be_v see_v but_o as_o one_o and_o the_o same_o head_n wound_v and_o heal_v and_o be_v also_o contrary_a to_o the_o common_a acceptation_n of_o a_o head_n wound_v and_o heal_v which_o can_v be_v but_o one_o head_n other_o of_o they_o be_v force_v to_o make_v the_o seven_o king_n and_o the_o eight_o to_o be_v the_o same_o thing_n and_o for_o that_o end_n to_o transpose_v the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o 10_o verse_n and_o to_o make_v it_o come_v after_o the_o protestant_n mounseur_fw-fr jurieu_fw-fr accomp_n des_fw-fr prophecy_n pag._n 190._o 2d_o edit_n most_o protestant_n begin_n of_o the_o 11_o contrary_a to_o the_o natural_a order_n of_o the_o text._n those_o that_o will_v fix_v all_o the_o charge_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n upon_o the_o papal_a power_n only_o be_v force_v to_o make_v nothing_o of_o the_o plain_a character_n by_o which_o they_o be_v distinguish_v from_o one_o another_o when_o name_v together_o nor_o of_o the_o change_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o civil_a government_n of_o the_o roman_n at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n though_o that_o be_v the_o only_a difference_n betwixt_o the_o first_o six_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n according_a to_o their_o own_o opinion_n for_o the_o first_o six_o head_n be_v all_o of_o the_o same_o religion_n that_o be_v pagan_n and_o upon_o this_o account_n be_v it_o that_o most_o of_o they_o be_v force_v to_o make_v the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v of_o a_o very_a uncertain_a date_n that_o be_v according_a to_o their_o fancy_n about_o the_o first_o great_a appearance_n of_o the_o papal_a power_n which_o can_v well_o be_v fix_v whereas_o the_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n must_v have_v be_v a_o very_a visible_a and_o remarkable_a change_n of_o the_o supreme_a power_n of_o rome_n from_o that_o which_o be_v the_o seven_o rule_v power_n of_o it_o to_o the_o 8_o call_v the_o beast_n it_o be_v upon_o this_o account_n that_o some_o of_o those_o who_o incline_v to_o the_o former_a opinion_n and_o yet_o do_v plain_o see_v that_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v a_o change_n of_o the_o form_n of_o the_o civil_a power_n of_o the_o empire_n do_v therefore_o make_v the_o ten_o king_n with_o the_o papal_a power_n to_o be_v the_o beast_n that_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n or_o last_o rule_v head_n but_o what_o 6._o prop._n 6._o a_o absurdity_n do_v they_o fly_v to_o in_o this_o when_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v the_o ten_o horn_n and_o none_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n other_o of_o they_o indeed_o defer_v the_o rise_n of_o this_o papal_a beast_n to_o that_o manifest_a change_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n in_o augustulus_n as_o the_o end_n of_o the_o true_a christian_a emperor_n who_o be_v their_o seven_o king_n but_o then_o they_o be_v force_v to_o make_v nothing_o of_o the_o succeed_a sovereign_a power_n of_o the_o italian_a king_n of_o rome_n who_o be_v as_o absolute_a sovereign_n of_o it_o notwithstanding_o their_o royal_a seat_n at_o ravenna_n as_o any_o of_o the_o western_a emperor_n have_v be_v from_o the_o time_n of_o honorius_n who_o first_o make_v ravenna_n the_o imperial_a seat_n they_o be_v also_o force_v to_o pass_v over_o the_o change_n of_o the_o regal_a and_o imperial_a power_n of_o rome_n to_o the_o pure_a imperial_a government_n at_o the_o recovery_n of_o rome_n by_o justinian_n as_o of_o no_o account_n for_o a_o new_a head_n though_o they_o must_v own_v the_o eastern_a emperor_n to_o have_v be_v as_o much_o sovereign_n of_o rome_n at_o this_o re-conquest_n of_o it_o as_o the_o western_a be_v before_o the_o loss_n of_o it_o and_o when_o they_o be_v the_o acknowledge_v sixth_z head_n this_o appear_v from_o the_o power_n of_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n exarch_n after_o the_o recovery_n of_o the_o west_n the_o four_o book_n the_o application_n of_o the_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n chap._n i._n the_o force_n of_o the_o application_n of_o the_o character_n of_o the_o xiii_o rev._n xiii_o beast_n to_o confirm_v the_o first_o date_n of_o his_o reign_n a_o caution_n to_o those_o who_o have_v take_v up_o with_o a_o former_a hypothesis_n the_o uncouth_a composition_n of_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o part_n of_o a_o lion_n of_o a_o leopard_n and_o of_o a_o bear_n apply_v to_o a_o absolute_a exactness_n the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n the_o continuance_n of_o his_o reign_n for_o 42_o month_n after_o the_o more_o close_a and_o demonstrative_a way_n of_o proof_n that_o have_v be_v make_v use_n of_o to_o determine_v the_o particular_a nature_n and_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n it_o will_v much_o confirm_v the_o knowledge_n that_o be_v now_o have_v of_o he_o to_o see_v how_o easy_a and_o natural_a the_o application_n of_o all_o the_o other_o circumstance_n of_o his_o history_n will_v appear_v to_o be_v upon_o this_o foundation_n and_o this_o may_v serve_v for_o a_o additional_a proof_n à_fw-la posteriori_fw-la as_o the_o demonstration_n of_o the_o principle_n of_o natural_a thing_n by_o their_o cause_n be_v much_o strengthen_v by_o their_o perfect_a agreement_n with_o all_o the_o effect_n that_o we_o can_v apply_v they_o to_o or_o with_o all_o that_o experience_n do_v teach_v we_o of_o they_o but_o yet_o it_o must_v always_o be_v remember_v that_o though_o the_o application_n of_o a_o instance_n or_o two_o shall_v seem_v to_o be_v something_o harsh_a or_o force_v that_o no_o man_n ought_v for_o that_o to_o question_v the_o former_a conclusion_n unless_o upon_o a_o new_a examination_n he_o can_v find_v they_o less_o necessary_a than_o they_o do_v at_o first_o appear_v no_o man_n ought_v to_o doubt_v of_o a_o plain_a and_o manifest_a truth_n because_o he_o see_v it_o to_o be_v seem_o inconsistent_a with_o some_o other_o conclusion_n that_o be_v deduce_v from_o it_o which_o be_v not_o so_o plain_a and_o necessary_a i_o know_v not_o of_o any_o such_o harshness_n in_o any_o of_o the_o application_n that_o i_o be_o now_o go_v to_o make_v but_o rather_o think_v they_o so_o well_o agree_v with_o the_o character_n of_o the_o text_n that_o they_o be_v enough_o to_o surprise_v one_o into_o a_o admiration_n of_o the_o congruity_n of_o they_o but_o i_o interpose_v this_o as_o a_o convenient_a caution_n to_o those_o who_o may_v find_v a_o convince_a evidence_n in_o the_o proof_n of_o the_o maint_a point_n to_o which_o the_o application_n be_v fix_v but_o by_o reason_n of_o some_o prejudices_fw-la and_o long_o use_v of_o a_o former_a hypothesis_n may_v not_o think_v some_o of_o the_o application_n so_o well_o fit_v to_o the_o prophecy_n as_o they_o will_v imagine_v their_o own_o to_o be_v for_o this_o will_v be_v apt_a to_o make_v they_o judge_v many_o thing_n which_o to_o all_o other_o will_v appear_v very_o tolerable_a at_o least_o to_o be_v harsh_a and_o uncouth_a to_o they_o to_o begin_v then_o with_o the_o figure_n and_o composition_n of_o the_o beast_n it_o be_v say_v to_o be_v in_o the_o several_a part_n of_o it_o like_o a_o lion_n a_o leopard_n 2._o rev._n 13._o 2._o and_o a_o bear_n which_o do_v manifest_o refer_v to_o its_o be_v the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n which_o be_v there_o represent_v immediate_o after_o the_o account_n of_o the_o three_o kingdom_n show_v by_o 23._o v._o 7_o 23._o those_o three_o beast_n and_o be_v say_v to_o have_v devour_v they_o and_o those_o three_o beast_n be_v agree_v to_o be_v the_o babylonian_a persian_a and_o iid_n book_n the_o iid_n grecian_a monarchy_n the_o
necessary_a to_o the_o emperor_n for_o uphold_v their_o power_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o invasion_n of_o the_o barbarous_a nation_n the_o emperor_n be_v willing_a to_o enlarge_v their_o authority_n to_o make_v use_n of_o it_o for_o the_o management_n of_o their_o own_o affair_n and_o after_o that_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v settle_v in_o so_o many_o sovereign_a prince_n that_o church-authority_n which_o they_o themselves_o have_v now_o lose_v in_o those_o several_a kingdom_n they_o be_v not_o unwilling_a to_o bestow_v upon_o the_o chief_a bishop_n of_o their_o city_n and_o so_o by_o small_a advance_n he_o come_v at_o last_o to_o get_v the_o title_n of_o ecumenical_a bishop_n and_o universal_a head_n of_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n upon_o earth_n but_o yet_o still_o do_v the_o emperor_n retain_v their_o power_n of_o the_o set_n up_o of_o every_o new_a bishop_n of_o rome_n the_o emperor_n lamb._n emperor_n this_o be_v thus_o well_o express_v by_o john_n wax_v de_fw-fr antichristo_fw-la p._n 119._o and_o so_o the_o ten_o king_n deliver_v to_o the_o beast_n their_o kingdom_n which_o they_o have_v get_v at_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n according_a to_o apoc._n 17._o 12._o for_o after_o that_o the_o western_a empire_n be_v break_v in_o piece_n all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o west_n do_v join_v again_o together_o in_o one_o body_n that_o by_o the_o bond_n and_o tie_n of_o the_o babylonish_n superstition_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n they_o may_v fight_v against_o the_o lamb._n consent_n be_v still_o hold_v necessary_a for_o the_o confirmation_n of_o the_o election_n as_o the_o chief_a power_n upon_o earth_n that_o give_v he_o his_o authority_n and_o upon_o this_o account_n he_o be_v set_v up_o as_o the_o emperor_n deputy_n and_o creature_n to_o be_v the_o universal_a head_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n in_o all_o the_o divide_a kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o now_o will_v own_v no_o other_o secular_a head_n of_o the_o church_n in_o they_o but_o those_o sovereign_n which_o rule_v they_o and_o thus_o come_v the_o divide_a roman_a empire_n to_o be_v n_o one_o entire_a thing_n again_o and_o the_o several_a king_n in_o it_o to_o own_o one_o roman_a head_n again_o set_v up_o by_o the_o imperial_a authority_n thing_n continue_v not_o long_o in_o this_o mere_a spiritual_a and_o ecclesiastical_a state_n the_o new_a ecclesiastical_a head_n use_v all_o way_n to_o make_v himself_o universal_o acknowledge_v for_o such_o and_o to_o that_o end_n as_o head_n of_o the_o church_n he_o assume_v a_o power_n of_o execute_v the_o canon_n of_o council_n upon_o sovereign_a prince_n to_o the_o deprive_v they_o of_o their_o kingdom_n if_o they_o refuse_v to_o execute_v the_o order_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o all_o those_o that_o be_v disobedient_a to_o it_o and_o that_o even_o to_o the_o punishment_n of_o death_n from_o hence_o then_o we_o have_v a_o perfect_a idea_n of_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o of_o his_o image_n from_o the_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n or_o of_o the_o imperial_a power_n restore_v by_o justinian_n the_o imperial_a authority_n be_v at_o first_o the_o sole_a head_n of_o the_o roman_n catholic_n church_n afterward_o the_o submission_n of_o the_o divide_a state_n of_o the_o empire_n to_o one_o ecclesiastical_a sovereign_n who_o be_v set_v up_o by_o the_o emperor_n make_v this_o new_a empire_n the_o exact_a image_n of_o the_o first_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o church-government_n of_o it_o and_o the_o manager_n and_o contriver_n of_o this_o new_a model_n be_v in_o history_n the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o be_v in_o the_o prophecy_n call_v the_o false_a prophet_n chap._n v._n xiii_o rev._n xiii_o four_o ground_n for_o the_o apply_v of_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o the_o imperial_a power_n how_o the_o false_a prophet_n do_v exercise_n all_o the_o power_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n cause_v all_o the_o world_n to_o worship_v he_o make_v they_o make_v a_o image_n to_o he_o give_v life_n to_o that_o image_n and_o make_v all_o receive_v its_o mark_n etc._n etc._n by_o the_o observation_n in_o the_o precede_a discourse_n it_o be_v easy_a to_o see_v how_o just_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n may_v be_v apply_v to_o the_o imperial_a authority_n after_o the_o degeneracy_n of_o the_o christian_a religion_n 1._o for_o the_o imperial_a authority_n as_o have_v be_v observe_v p._n 221._o be_v 〈…〉_o a_o long_o while_o the_o only_a command_a head_n of_o the_o roman_a religion_n and_o the_o please_v the_o socrates_n proam_n in_o l._n 5._o we_o have_v therefore_o in_o the_o whole_a course_n of_o out_o history_n give_v a_o account_n of_o the_o emperor_n interest_n in_o it_o because_o that_o since_o they_o begin_v to_o embrace_v the_o christian_a religion_n ecclesiastical_a affair_n do_v seem_v very_o much_o to_o depend_v upon_o they_o so_o that_o the_o most_o eminent_a council_n be_v in_o time_n past_a and_o be_v at_o this_o day_n summon_v by_o their_o consent_n and_o procurement_n see_v note_n on_o the_o three_o chapter_n b_o c_o d_o e_o f_o g_o i_o k_o the_o emperor_n have_v always_o the_o right_n of_o invest_v church-governor_n in_o their_o several_a jurisdiction_n till_o the_o council_n of_o worm_n in_o the_o year_n 1122._o and_o then_o the_o emperor_n henry_n the_o 3d._n weary_v with_o the_o vexation_n occasion_v he_o by_o the_o pope_n give_v up_o his_o right_n of_o the_o staff_n and_o the_o ring_n the_o ceremony_n of_o the_o investiture_n to_o pope_n calixtus_n the_o second_o aventin_n histor_n boior_n l._n 6._o the_o abbot_n of_o ursperg_n in_o his_o chronicle_n give_v the_o form_n of_o this_o concordat_fw-la betwixt_o the_o emperor_n and_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o pope_n in_o return_n agree_v for_o the_o future_a that_o the_o election_n of_o the_o bishop_n and_o abbot_n etc._n etc._n shall_v be_v perform_v in_o his_o presence_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o he_o that_o be_v elect_v shall_v receive_v the_o regalia_z of_o the_o emperor_n by_o the_o sceptre_n and_o this_o be_v call_v the_o unite_n of_o the_o royal_a power_n with_o the_o priesthood_n and_o long_o endeavour_v after_o under_o that_o name_n cardinal_n cusan_a concordia_fw-la catholic_n c._n 6_o 7_o 8_o 9_o affirm_v that_o every_o emperor_n and_o prince_n in_o their_o several_a jurisdiction_n be_v of_o god_n alone_o and_o that_o it_o belong_v to_o the_o emperor_n to_o summon_v general_a council_n and_o to_o regulate_v the_o procedure_v in_o they_o and_o to_o every_o prince_n to_o do_v the_o same_o in_o his_o respective_a territory_n for_o national_a and_o provincial_a council_n and_o that_o if_o the_o pope_n be_v negligent_a in_o these_o thing_n the_o emperor_n ought_v to_o make_v use_n of_o his_o authority_n in_o all_o such_o case_n that_o the_o emperor_n always_o preside_v in_o the_o council_n assist_v with_o fifteen_o or_o twenty_o of_o the_o noble_n of_o his_o court_n who_o he_o make_v to_o take_v place_n before_o all_o and_o he_o and_o his_o legate_n propound_v the_o matter_n that_o be_v to_o be_v consider_v pererius_n in_o apoc._n disp_n 5._o de_fw-fr constantino_n then_o come_v the_o imperial_a majesty_n first_o into_o the_o church_n which_o be_v then_o arm_v with_o both_o the_o sword_n etc._n etc._n for_o though_o from_o the_o first_o the_o church_n have_v that_o sword_n viz._n the_o secular_a sword_n yet_o than_o first_o begin_v the_o facility_n and_o conveniency_n of_o exercise_v it_o against_o whosoever_o it_o please_v only_a sovereign_a authority_n upon_o earth_n that_o be_v acknowledge_v in_o all_o ecclesiastical_a affair_n so_o that_o all_o obedience_n give_v to_o the_o erroneous_a act_n of_o those_o counsel_n be_v real_o a_o obedience_n to_o the_o emperor_n will_v only_o for_o those_o thing_n have_v no_o oblige_a power_n in_o they_o to_o over-rule_v the_o conscience_n upon_o the_o account_n of_o the_o counsel_n authority_n and_o therefore_o since_o it_o have_v be_v long_o before_o that_o time_n receive_v as_o a_o maxim_n by_o those_o who_o own_v that_o council_n that_o all_o be_v there_o do_v by_o the_o spirit_n the_o socrates_n l._n 1._o c._n 6._o ep._n 4._o constantine_n unto_o the_o church_n he_o there_o tell_v they_o that_o whatsoever_o be_v decree_v in_o the_o holy_a council_n of_o bishop_n be_v to_o be_v attribute_v to_o the_o will_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o sentence_n of_o the_o council_n of_o nice_a in_o particular_a ibid._n ep._n 2._o to_o the_o church_n of_o alexandria_n for_o that_o which_o have_v be_v agree_v upon_o by_o the_o 300_o bishop_n be_v to_o be_v take_v for_o nothing_o but_o the_o determination_n of_o god_n himself_o the_o holy_a ghost_n reside_v in_o the_o mind_n of_o such_o worthy_a person_n and_o inspire_v they_o with_o the_o divine_a will_n of_o god_n himself_o council_n constantinop_n universal_a 6._o action_n 17._o sub_fw-la finem_fw-la the_o